grepcent / static financial knowledge base

FLAGSTAR BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (FLG)

CIK: 0000910073. SIC: 6036 Savings Institutions, Not Federally Chartered. Latest 10-K as of: 2026-02-27.

SIC breadcrumb: Finance, Insurance, And Real Estate > Depository Institutions > SIC 6036 Savings Institutions, Not Federally Chartered

SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=910073. Latest filing source: 0000910073-26-000025.

Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.

Business

Read FLG's verbatim Item 1 Business section from its latest 10-K: Business.

Risk Factors

Read FLG's verbatim Item 1A Risk Factors from its latest 10-K: Risk Factors.

Selected Fundamentals

MetricValueUnitFYFiled
Revenue4,466,000,000USD20252026-02-27
Net income-177,000,000USD20252026-02-27
Assets87,512,000,000USD20252026-02-27

Financials

Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-02-27. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000910073.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.

Download these verified figures (annual + quarterly, with per-value filing provenance): JSON · CSV

Flow metrics use full-year FY periods from 10-K/10-K/A filings; balance-sheet metrics use FY-end instants. Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures. Missing metrics are omitted rather than fabricated.

Metric20152016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Revenue1,674,869,0001,582,239,0001,689,673,0001,805,000,0001,708,000,0001,689,000,0002,092,000,0005,491,000,0005,953,000,0004,466,000,000
Net income495,401,000466,201,000422,417,000395,000,000511,000,000596,000,000650,000,000-79,000,000-1,118,000,000-177,000,000
Diluted EPS1.010.900.790.771.021.203.77-0.49-3.49-0.50
Operating cash flow755,653,0001,326,710,000540,355,000510,000,000334,000,000290,000,0001,026,000,000263,000,00086,000,000-181,000,000
Dividends paid330,810,000332,147,000333,061,000317,000,000316,000,000316,000,000317,000,000486,000,00053,000,00015,000,000
Share buybacks7,020,0008,677,00018,463,000160,767,00067,000,00050,000,0000.007,000,0000.000.00
Assets48,926,555,00049,124,195,00051,899,376,00053,640,821,00056,306,000,00059,527,000,00090,144,000,000114,057,000,000100,160,000,00087,512,000,000
Liabilities42,802,564,00042,328,819,00045,244,141,00046,929,127,00049,464,000,00052,483,000,00081,320,000,000105,690,000,00091,992,000,00079,368,000,000
Stockholders' equity6,123,991,0006,795,376,0006,655,000,0006,712,000,0006,842,000,0007,044,000,0008,824,000,0008,367,000,0008,167,000,0008,143,000,000
Cash and cash equivalents537,674,000557,850,0002,528,169,0001,475,000,000742,000,0001,948,000,0002,211,000,0002,032,000,00011,475,000,00015,430,000,000

Ratios

ROE and ROA use period-end equity/assets. Liabilities / equity uses total liabilities divided by stockholders' equity. Current ratio uses current assets divided by current liabilities when both are reported.

Metric20152016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Net margin29.58%29.46%25.00%21.88%29.92%35.29%31.07%-1.44%-18.78%-3.96%
Return on equity8.09%6.86%6.35%5.88%7.47%8.46%7.37%-0.94%-13.69%-2.17%
Return on assets1.01%0.95%0.81%0.74%0.91%1.00%0.72%-0.07%-1.12%-0.20%
Liabilities / equity6.996.236.806.997.237.459.2212.6311.269.75

Industry Peer Context

Each number-line places FLG against the min, median, and max of latest reported values among companies in the same SIC industry when at least three peers report that ratio.

Net margin peer context

FLG Net margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6036; peer count 16.FLG Net margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6036; peer count 16.16 SIC peersMin -4.0%Median 17.7%Max 28.8%FLG -4.0%

ROE peer context

FLG ROE versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6036; peer count 16.FLG ROE versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6036; peer count 16.16 SIC peersMin -2.2%Median 7.3%Max 13.0%FLG -2.2%

ROA peer context

FLG ROA versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6036; peer count 16.FLG ROA versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6036; peer count 16.16 SIC peersMin -0.2%Median 1.0%Max 2.2%FLG -0.2%

Financial Charts

FLG revenue, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FLG revenue, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FLG RevenueLatest point: FY2025 = $4.5BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearReported revenue$0.0B$3.0B$6.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0000910073-26-000025; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: InterestAndDividendIncomeOperating. Source concepts: us-gaap:InterestAndDividendIncomeOperating.

FLG net income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FLG net income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FLG Net incomeLatest point: FY2025 = -$177.0MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearNet income-$2.0B$0.0B$1.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0000910073-26-000025; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.

FLG diluted eps, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FLG diluted eps, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FLG Diluted EPSLatest point: FY2025 = -$0.50/shareSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearDiluted EPS (USD/share)-$4.00/share$0.00/share$6.00/shareFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0000910073-26-000025; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.

FLG operating cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FLG operating cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FLG Operating cash flowLatest point: FY2025 = -$181.0MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearOperating cash flow-$250.0M$0.0B$2.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0000910073-26-000025; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities.

FLG dividends paid, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FLG dividends paid, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FLG Dividends paidLatest point: FY2025 = $15.0MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearDividends paid$0.0B$250.0M$500.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0000910073-26-000025; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: PaymentsOfDividendsCommonStock. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsOfDividendsCommonStock.

FLG share buybacks, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2024.FLG share buybacks, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2024.FLG Share buybacksLatest point: FY2024 = $0.0BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2024.Fiscal yearShare buybacks$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2020FY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2024 ended 2024-12-31; accession 0000910073-25-000038; filed 2025-03-04. Concept: PaymentsForRepurchaseOfCommonStock. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsForRepurchaseOfCommonStock.

FLG assets, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FLG assets, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FLG AssetsLatest point: FY2025 = $87.5BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearAssets$0.0B$62.5B$125.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0000910073-26-000025; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: Assets. Source concepts: us-gaap:Assets.

FLG liabilities, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FLG liabilities, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FLG LiabilitiesLatest point: FY2025 = $79.4BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearLiabilities$0.0B$62.5B$125.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0000910073-26-000025; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: Liabilities. Source concepts: us-gaap:Liabilities.

FLG stockholders' equity, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FLG stockholders' equity, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.FLG Stockholders' equityLatest point: FY2025 = $8.1BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearStockholders' equity$0.0B$5.0B$10.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0000910073-26-000025; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: StockholdersEquity. Source concepts: us-gaap:StockholdersEquity.

FLG cash and cash equivalents, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2024.FLG cash and cash equivalents, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2024.FLG Cash and cash equivalentsLatest point: FY2024 = $15.4BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2024.Fiscal yearCash and cash equivalents$0.0B$10.0B$20.0BFY2020FY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2024 ended 2024-12-31; accession 0000910073-25-000038; filed 2025-03-04. Concept: CashAndCashEquivalentsAtCarryingValue. Source concepts: us-gaap:CashAndCashEquivalentsAtCarryingValue.

Quarterly

Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-05-07. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000910073.json.

Flow metrics use discrete quarter-length periods from 10-Q/10-Q/A filings. Q4 revenue and net income are derived only when annual FY and nine-month YTD facts exist for the same fiscal year; derived Q4 values are labeled. EPS Q4 is not derived.

QuarterEnd DateRevenueNet IncomeDiluted EPSMethod
2022-Q12022-03-310.31reported discrete quarter
2022-Q22022-06-300.34reported discrete quarter
2022-Q32022-09-300.30reported discrete quarter
2023-Q12022-12-31681,000,000172,000,0000.30reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22023-06-301,498,000,000413,000,0000.55reported discrete quarter
2023-Q32023-09-301,512,000,000207,000,0000.27reported discrete quarter
2023-Q42023-12-311,447,000,000-2,705,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2024-Q12024-03-311,513,000,000-327,000,000-0.45reported discrete quarter
2024-Q22024-06-301,548,000,000-323,000,000-1.14reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-09-301,534,000,000-280,000,000-0.79reported discrete quarter
2024-Q42024-12-311,358,000,000-188,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2025-Q22025-06-301,143,000,000-70,000,000-0.19reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-09-301,101,000,000-36,000,000-0.11reported discrete quarter
2025-Q42025-12-311,058,000,00029,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2026-Q12026-03-31984,000,00021,000,0000.03reported discrete quarter

Quarterly Charts

FLG quarterly revenue, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.FLG quarterly revenue, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.FLG Quarterly RevenueLatest point: 2026-Q1 = $984.0MSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Revenue$0.0B$1.0B$2.0B2023-Q12023-Q22023-Q32023-Q42024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32024-Q42025-Q22025-Q32025-Q42026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0000910073-26-000047; filed 2026-05-07. Concept: InterestAndDividendIncomeOperating. Source concepts: us-gaap:InterestAndDividendIncomeOperating.

FLG quarterly net income, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.FLG quarterly net income, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.FLG Quarterly Net incomeLatest point: 2026-Q1 = $21.0MSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Net income-$4.0B$0.0B$1.0B2023-Q12023-Q22023-Q32023-Q42024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32024-Q42025-Q22025-Q32025-Q42026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0000910073-26-000047; filed 2026-05-07. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.

FLG quarterly diluted eps, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.FLG quarterly diluted eps, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.FLG Quarterly Diluted EPSLatest point: 2026-Q1 = $0.03/shareSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Diluted EPS (USD/share)-$1.50/share$0.00/share$1.00/share2022-Q12022-Q22022-Q32023-Q12023-Q22023-Q32024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32025-Q22025-Q32026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0000910073-26-000047; filed 2026-05-07. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.

Macro Cross-References

Latest quarter (10-Q)

Latest 10-Q source: 0000910073-26-000047.

Extracted structurally from real Item 2 body heading to real Item 3/4 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-05-07. Report date: 2026-03-31.

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

GENERAL

Background

Flagstar Bank, National Association, is a national banking association headquartered in Hicksville, New York. At March 31, 2026, we had $87.1 billion of assets, $60.7 billion of loans, $66.8 billion of deposits, and total stockholders’ equity of $8.1 billion.

We operate approximately 340 locations across nine states, with strong footholds in the greater New York/New Jersey metropolitan region and in the upper Midwest, along with a significant presence in fast-growing markets in Florida and the West Coast. In addition, the Bank has approximately 20 private bank branches located primarily in the metropolitan New York City region and on the West Coast, which serve the needs of high-net worth individuals and their businesses.

We operate in a single reportable segment and have identified one reporting unit which is the same as our operating segment. We continue to assess our reportable segments and reporting units, which may result in a change to either or both in future reporting periods. Please refer to Note 18 - Segment Reporting.

Overview

As part of our commitment to delivering long-term shareholder value and sustained value creation, we are executing a strategic transformation plan designed to evolve into a fully diversified bank with a strong balance sheet, a robust capital position, and consistent earnings power.

Our plan is anchored in enterprise strategic priorities that drive our approach to transformation and growth. These priorities focus on transforming Flagstar into a top-tier, relationship-driven regional bank, creating a customer-centric culture that prioritizes valuable relationships, and building an effective risk management mindset that supports safe and sound operations. From these priorities, we have established key strategies that guide execution: driving transformation and financial resilience, growing our core operations, executing a disciplined commercial banking and lending strategy, enhancing operational efficiency, developing talent and leadership, and aligning regulatory and risk management.

Since initiating this plan in 2024, we have made measurable progress, including making key leadership additions, diversifying our balance sheet and revenue streams, reducing non-core assets, improving our funding mix, enhancing our financial resilience, and improving our liquidity. We believe that the continued successful execution of this plan will drive sustainable earnings and position us to deliver long-term value to shareholders.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net Income (loss)

For the three months ended March 31, 2026, we reported net income of $21 million compared to net income of $29 million for the three months ended December 31, 2025 and a net loss of $100 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The net income attributable to common stockholders for the three months ended March 31, 2026 was $13 million, or $0.03 per diluted share compared to net income attributable to common stockholders of $21 million, or $0.05 per diluted share for the three months ended December 31, 2025 and a net loss attributable to common stockholders of $108 million, or $0.26 per diluted share for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is a function of the amount of interest-earning assets we hold, the manner in which we fund these assets, including interest-bearing liabilities, and the spread between the interest rates we earn on assets and the interest rates we pay on liabilities. These factors are influenced by both the pricing and mix of our interest-earning assets and our interest-bearing liabilities which, in turn, are impacted by various external factors, including the local economy, competition for loans and deposits, the monetary policy of the FOMC, and market interest rates.

Our interest-bearing liabilities are comprised of customer deposits and funds we borrow. The cost of our deposits and most of our borrowed funds is largely based on short-term rates of interest, the level of which is partially impacted by the actions of the FOMC. The yields on our held for investment loans and investment securities are generally more sensitive to intermediate-term market interest rates. However, a significant portion of our held for investment loans have fixed rates and generally reset to intermediate-term market rates when they reach repricing dates.

5

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our NII and average balance sheet for the periods indicated. Average yields are calculated by dividing the interest income produced by the average balance of interest-earning assets. Average costs are calculated by dividing the interest expense produced by the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities. The average balances for the periods are derived from average balances that are calculated daily.

Three Months Ended,
March 31, 2026December 31, 2025March 31, 2025
(in millions)Average BalanceInterestAverage Yield/CostAverage BalanceInterestAverage Yield/CostAverage BalanceInterestAverage Yield/Cost
ASSETS:
Interest-earning assets:
Total loans and leases (1)$60,840$7544.97%$61,797$7915.09%$68,212$8605.06%
Securities (2)16,8401794.25%17,3141924.44%13,0671484.59%
Interest-earning cash and cash equivalents5,631513.64%7,501753.95%14,3441564.42%
Total interest-earning assets$83,311$9844.79%$86,612$1,0584.85%$95,623$1,1644.90%
Non-interest-earning assets3,7463,7723,484
Total assets$87,057$90,384$99,107
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts$18,703$1142.49%$19,260$1322.73%$21,023$1673.23%
Savings accounts14,9051012.74%14,8021082.89%14,3491113.14%
Certificates of deposit20,5652034.00%21,5752284.19%26,3553084.74%
Total interest-bearing deposits$54,173$4183.13%$55,637$4683.34%$61,727$5863.85%
Total borrowed funds$11,401$1234.38%$12,830$1233.79%$14,377$1684.71%
Total interest-bearing liabilities$65,574$5413.35%$68,467$5913.42%$76,104$7544.02%
Non-interest-bearing deposits11,95512,32613,068
Other liabilities1,3301,4171,732
Total liabilities$78,859$82,210$90,904
Stockholders’ and mezzanine equity8,1988,1748,203
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$87,057$90,384$99,107
Net interest income/interest rate spread$4431.44%$4671.43%$4100.88%
Net interest margin2.15%2.14%1.74%
Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities1.27x1.27x1.26x

(1)Comprised of Loans and leases held for investment, net of deferred loan fess and costs, and Loans held for sale.

(2)Comprised of Debt securities available-for-sale at amortized cost, Equity investments with readily determinable fair values, at fair value and FHLB stock and FRB-NY stock, at cost.

6

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the change in NII attributable to changes in rate and volume:

Three Months Ended,
March 31, 2026 compared to December 31, 2025Increase/(Decrease) Due to:March 31, 2026 compared to March 31, 2025Increase/(Decrease) Due to:
(in millions)VolumeRateNetVolumeRateNet
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
Total loans and leases$(12)$(25)$(37)$(92)$(14)$(106)
Securities(5)(8)(13)40(9)31
Interest earning cash & cash equivalent(17)(7)(24)(79)(26)(105)
Total interest-earnings assets$(34)$(40)$(74)$(131)$(49)$(180)
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts$(3)$(15)$(18)$(15)$(38)$(53)
Savings accounts(7)(7)4(14)(10)
Certificates of deposit(10)(15)(25)(58)(47)(105)
Total borrowed funds(16)16(33)(12)(45)
Total interest-bearing liabilities$(29)$(21)$(50)$(102)$(111)$(213)
Change in net interest income$(5)$(19)$(24)$(29)$62$33

Comparison to Prior Quarter

During the three months ended March 31, 2026, NIM increased 1 basis point, while NII decreased $24 million compared to the three months ended December 31, 2025. The decrease in NII was primarily due to lower yields on our C&I loan portfolio as a result of a lower interest rate environment, and the non-recurrence of a $20 million hedge gain related to the accelerated repayment of certain FHLB-NY advances during the three months ended December 31, 2025. The decrease was partially offset by lower interest expense on deposits resulting from the paydown of higher-cost deposits.

Comparison to Prior Year

During the three months ended March 31, 2026, NIM increased by 41 basis points and NII increased $33 million compared to the three months ended March 31, 2025. The increase was primarily driven by the paydown of higher-cost deposits and borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2025, and the decision to reinvest cash into higher-earning assets. The increase was partially offset by lower interest income on our multi-family and CRE loan portfolios as a result of our continued strategy of diversifying our loan portfolio.

Provision for Credit Losses

The following table summarizes our Provision for credit losses for the respective periods:

Three Months Ended,March 31, 2026 compared to (%):
(in millions)March 31, 2026December 31, 2025March 31, 2025December 31, 2025March 31, 2025
Provision for credit losses$$3$79(100)%(100)%

Comparison to Prior Quarter

For the three months ended March 31, 2026, the provision for credit losses decreased $3 million compared to the three months ended December 31, 2025. The decrease was primarily driven by the bankruptcy settlement related to a single borrower and our strategic reduction of our multi-family and CRE portfolios. These decreases were partially offset by growth in our C&I portfolio and higher net charge-offs of $34 million primarily related to the one borrower relationship that was in bankruptcy.

Comparison to Prior Year to Date

For the three months ended March 31, 2026, the provision for credit losses decreased $79 mi

[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]

Latest 10-K MD&A

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-02-27. Report date: 2025-12-31.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

OVERVIEW

As part of our commitment to delivering long-term shareholder value and sustained value creation, we are executing a strategic transformation plan designed to evolve into a fully diversified bank with a strong balance sheet, a robust capital position, and consistent earnings power.

Our plan is anchored in enterprise strategic priorities that drive our approach to transformation and growth. These priorities focus on transforming Flagstar into a top-tier, relationship-driven regional bank, creating a customer-centric culture that prioritizes valuable relationships, and building an effective risk management mindset that supports safe and sound operations. From these priorities, we have established key strategies that guide execution: driving transformation and financial resilience, growing our core operations, executing a disciplined commercial banking and lending strategy, enhancing operational efficiency, developing talent and leadership, and aligning regulatory and risk management.

Since initiating this plan in 2024, we have made measurable progress, including making key leadership additions, reducing non-core assets, improving our funding mix, enhancing our financial resilience, improving our liquidity and achieving profitability in the three months ended December 31, 2025. We believe that the continued successful execution of this plan will drive sustainable earnings and position us to deliver long-term value to shareholders.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net Income

For the year ended December 31, 2025, we reported a net loss of $177 million compared to a net loss of $1.1 billion for the corresponding period in 2024. The net loss attributable to common stockholders, which includes the impact from preferred dividends, for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $210 million or $0.50 per diluted share compared to the net loss attributable to common stockholders of $1.2 billion for the corresponding period in 2024 or $3.49 per diluted share.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is our primary source of income. The amount of our net interest income is a function of the amount of interest-earning assets we hold, the manner in which we fund these assets, including interest-bearing liabilities, and the spread between the interest rates we earn on assets and the interest rates we pay on liabilities. These factors are influenced by both the pricing and mix of our interest-earning assets and our interest-bearing liabilities which, in turn, are impacted by various external factors, including the local economy, competition for loans and deposits, the monetary policy of the Federal Open Market Committee, and market interest rates.

Our interest-bearing liabilities are comprised of customer deposits and funds we borrow. The cost of our deposits and most of our borrowed funds is largely based on short-term rates of interest, the level of which is partially impacted by the

45

Table of Contents

actions of the Federal Open Market Committee. The yields on our held for-investment loans and investment securities are generally more sensitive to intermediate-term market interest rates. However, a significant portion of our held for investment loans have fixed rates and generally reset to intermediate-term market rates when they reach repricing dates.

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our net interest income and average balance sheet for the periods indicated: Average yields are calculated by dividing the interest income produced by the average balance of interest-earning assets. Average costs are calculated by dividing the interest expense produced by the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities. The average balances for the periods are derived from average balances that are calculated daily.

Year Ended December 31,
202520242023
(in millions)Average BalanceInterestAverage Yield/CostAverage BalanceInterestAverage Yield/CostAverage BalanceInterestAverage Yield/Cost
ASSETS:
Interest-earning assets:
Total loans and leases (1)$64,822$3,3105.09%$78,883$4,3695.54%$81,855$4,5095.51%
Securities (2)15,5547024.51%12,2225594.57%10,6114444.18%
Reverse repurchase agreements%%388225.77%
Interest-earning cash and cash equivalents10,5044544.32%19,4781,0245.26%10,0255165.14%
Total interest-earning assets$90,880$4,4664.91%$110,583$5,9525.38%$102,879$5,4915.34%
Non-interest-earning assets3,6355,1517,616
Total assets$94,515$115,734$110,495
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts$20,079$6123.05%$23,654$8693.67%$29,286$9433.22%
Savings accounts14,5214423.04%10,9753453.14%9,9411691.70%
Certificates of deposit24,0571,0784.48%27,4771,3624.96%17,0976463.78%
Total interest-bearing deposits$58,657$2,1323.63%$62,106$2,5764.15%$56,324$1,7583.12%
Total borrowed funds$13,620$6134.50%$24,168$1,2245.07%$17,934$6563.66%
Total interest-bearing liabilities$72,277$2,7453.80%$86,274$3,8004.40%$74,258$2,4143.25%
Non-interest-bearing deposits12,54818,14021,583
Other liabilities1,5652,5954,073
Total liabilities$86,390$107,009$99,914
Stockholders’ and mezzanine equity8,1258,72510,581
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$94,515$115,734$110,495
Net interest income/interest rate spread$1,7211.11%$2,1520.98%$3,0772.09%
Net interest margin1.89%1.95%2.99%
Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities1.26x1.28x1.39x

(1)Comprised of Loans and leases held for investment, net and Loans held for sale.

(2)Comprised of Debt securities available-for-sale at amortized cost, Equity investments with readily determinable fair values, at fair value and FHLB stock and FRB-NY stock, at cost.

46

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the change in NII attributable to changes in rate and volume:

Year Ended December 31,
2025 compared to Year Ended 2024Increase/(Decrease) Due to:2024 compared to Year Ended 2023Increase/(Decrease) Due to:
(in millions)VolumeRateNetVolumeRateNet
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
Total loans and leases$(360)$(699)$(1,059)$(170)$30$(140)
Securities66771437342115
Reverse repurchase agreements(22)(22)
Interest Earning cash and cash equivalents(194)(376)(570)508508
Total interest-earnings assets$(488)$(998)$(1,486)$389$72$461
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts$(55)$(202)$(257)$(290)$216$(74)
Savings accounts54439737139176
Certificates of deposit(77)(207)(284)67739716
Total borrowed funds(237)(374)(611)414154568
Total interest-bearing liabilities(315)(740)(1,055)8385481,386
Change in net interest income$(173)$(258)$(431)$(449)$(476)$(925)

Comparison to Prior Year

For the year ended December 31, 2025, NIM decreased by 6 basis points and NII decreased $431 million compared to the corresponding period in 2024. This was primarily as a result of lower average total loans and leases due to the strategic reduction in multi-family and CRE loans, the sale of our mortgage third party origination business and mortgage servicing business ("Mortgage Operations") during 2024 and the sale of our warehouse lending portfolio during 2024. The decrease was partially offset by lower average borrowed funds driven by the pay down of wholesale borrowings and lower interest-bearing deposits driven by the pay down of brokered deposits during 2024 and 2025.

Provision for Credit Losses

The following table summarizes our Provision for credit losses for the respective periods:

Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)202520242023$ Change (2025 vs. 2024)% Change (2025 vs. 2024)
Provision for credit losses$184$1,092$833$(908)(83)%

Comparison to Prior Year

For the year ended December 31, 2025, the provision for credit losses decreased $908 million compared to the corresponding period for 2024. This decrease is primarily due to the normalization of credit trends, collateral values and borrower financials, which has resulted in a stabilized ACL and lower net charge-offs in our multi-family and CRE portfolios. Additionally, the improvement in our ACL balance since December 31, 2024, was as a result of the on-going volume declines from the strategic reduction in our multi-family, CRE and non-core C&I portfolios. This improvement was partially offset by declining trends in macro-economic conditions, although some improvement was seen during the three months ended December 31, 2025.

47

Table of Contents

Non-Interest Income

The following table summarizes our non-interest income for the respective periods:

Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)202520242023$ Change(2025 vs. 2024)% Change(2025 vs. 2024)
Fee income$89$150$172$(61)(41)%
Bank-owned life insurance494243717%
Net gain on investment securities3131NM
Net return on mortgage servicing rights73103(73)NM
Net gain on loan sales and securitizations324889(16)(33)%
Net gain on mortgage/servicing sale89(89)NM
Net loan administration income62824NM
Bargain purchase gain(121)2,131121NM
Other134117671715%
Total non-interest income$341$400$2,687$(59)(15)%

Comparison to Prior Year

For the year ended December 31, 2025, non-interest income decreased $59 million compared to the corresponding period for 2024. The decrease in non-interest income was primarily due to the non-recurrence of a $92 million gain on the sale of our Mortgage Operations in 2024, as well as lower net return on mortgage servicing rights, fee income, and net gain on loan sales and securitizations as a result of the sale of our Mortgage Operations in 2024. The decrease was partially offset by the non-recurrence of both a $121 million reduction in the Signature Transaction bargain purchase gain during the three months ended March 31, 2024, and $23 million of selling costs resulting from the sale of the mortgage warehouse business during the three months ended September 30, 2024. In addition, the $30 million gain on our investment in Figure Technology Solutions, Inc in 2025 also partially offset the decline in non-interest income.

Non-Interest Expense

The following table summarizes our non-interest expense for the respective periods:

Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)202520242023$ Change(2025 vs. 2024)% Change(2025 vs. 2024)
Operating expenses:
Compensation and benefits$976$1,263$1,149$(287)(23)%
Occupancy and equipment202211200(9)(4)%
Software expense173186180(13)(7)%
FDIC insurance169313126(144)(46)%
Professional services8611055(24)(22)%
General and administrative307513389(206)(40)%
Total operating expense$1,913$2,596$2,099$(683)(26)%
Intangible asset amortization107136126(29)(21)%
Merger-related and restructuring expenses56106330(50)(47)%
Goodwill impairment2,426NM
Total non-interest expense$2,076$2,838$4,981$(762)(27)%

48

Table of Contents

Comparison to Prior Year

Total non-interest expenses for the year ended December 31, 2025 decreased $762 million compared to the corresponding period for 2024. The decrease is primarily due to lower compensation and benefits costs stemming from the actions taken to optimize costs during 2024, and a decrease in general and administrative expenses primarily due to the sale of our Mortgage Operations in 2024 as well as our continued focus on operating expense management. Additionally, we had lower FDIC insurance costs as a result of a lower asset base due to the sale of our Mortgage Operations and lower brokered deposits.

Income Tax Expense

The following table summarizes our income tax benefit and effective tax rate for the respective periods:

Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)202520242023$ Change (2025 vs. 2024)% Change (2025 vs. 2024)
Income tax (benefit) expense$(21)$(260)$29$239(92)%
Effective tax rate10.6%18.9%(59.6)%

Comparison to Prior Year to Date

The income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2025 decreased $239 million compared to the corresponding period for 2024, primarily as a result of the reduction in our pre-tax loss, partially offset by the tax impact of the adjustment to the bargain purchase gain recorded net of tax in 2024.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS: 2024 AS COMPARED TO 2023

The results of operations comparison of 2024 compared to 2023 can be found in our previously filed Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year-ended December 31, 2024, under Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.

49

Table of Contents

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Loans and Leases

The following table summarizes the composition of our loan portfolio:

December 31,
20252024
(in millions)AmountPercent of Loans Held for InvestmentAmountPercent of Loans Held for Investment
Multi-family$28,98347.7%$34,09349.9%
Commercial real estate(1)9,31415.311,83617.4
One-to-four family first mortgage5,6309.35,2017.6
Commercial and industrial15,21725.115,37622.5
Other loans1,5882.61,7662.6
Total loans and leases held for investment$60,732100%$68,272100%
Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases(1,030)(1,201)
Total loans and leases held for investment, net$59,702$67,071
Loans held for sale265899
Total loans and leases, net$59,967$67,970

(1)Includes ADC loans.

Total loans and leases held for investment decreased $7.5 billion at December 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024, primarily as a result of the strategy of diversifying our loan portfolio by reducing our multi-family, CRE and non-core C&I loan exposure, partially offset by $5.8 billion in originations within our C&I portfolio.

Loan Maturity and Repricing Analysis

The following table sets forth loans with adjustable rates ("Option Loans") by year of repricing and fixed rate loans ("Non-Option Loans") by year of contractual maturity:

December 31, 2025
(in millions)Multi-FamilyCommercial Real Estate(2)
Repricing / Contractual Maturity YearOption Loans by Repricing DateNon-Option Loans by Contractual MaturityOption Loans by Repricing DateNon-Option Loans by Contractual MaturityTotal (1)(3)
2026$3,893$967$1,967$263$7,090
20277,2661,0619126469,885
20283,6852,0743671,0207,146
20292,2791,4742394994,491
2030752,344133732,805
2031+873,44256464,180
Total amounts due or repricing, gross$17,285$11,362$3,503$3,447$35,597

(1)Excludes Specialty Finance commercial real estate loans and multi-family loans serviced-by-others totaling $433 million and $96 million, respectively. Amounts presented reflect unpaid principal balance; total amortized cost adjustments were $105 million.

(2)Excludes ADC loans.

(3)Excludes $295 million of loans past their contractual maturity date that are in the process of modification or foreclosure.

Option loans offer the borrower the ability to reprice to a fixed rate after the initial fixed rate period. If not elected, the loan defaults to a variable rate. Option loans in the table are shown as being due in the period the interest rate is subject to change. Non-Option loans are beyond the option date and are reflected by maturity. Risks associated with loan repricing are discussed in the Credit Risk section.

50

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2025, the dollar amount of all loans held for investment that are due after December 31, 2026, and indicates whether such loans have fixed or adjustable rates of interest:

(in millions)FixedAdjustable (2)Total(1)
Multi-family$7,279$16,508$23,787
Commercial real estate (3)1,9972,4854,482
One-to-four family first mortgage1,9023,9155,817
Commercial and industrial1684,7804,948
Other loans1861,3521,538
Total loans$11,532$29,040$40,572

(1)Amounts presented reflect unpaid principal balance.

(2)Loans with the option for the borrower to extend through repricing into an adjustable-rate loan are included within the Adjustable column during their initial fixed rate period.

(3)Includes ADC Loans.

Multi-Family Loans

December 31,
(in millions)20252024$ Change (2025 vs. 2024)% Change (2025 vs. 2024)
Multi-family$28,983$34,093$(5,110)(15)%

The multi-family loan portfolio decreased $5.1 billion at December 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024, primarily due to $4.2 billion of par payoffs since December 31, 2024, which includes $254 million of loan sales related to a single borrower relationship, 52 percent of which were from substandard loans. The decline also reflects $665 million of paydowns. This reduction is consistent with our strategy to diversify our loan portfolio by reducing our exposure to multi-family loans.

The New York Housing Stability and Tenant Protection Act of 2019 significantly limits the ability to increase rents on regulated apartments upon vacancy. These limitations may reduce a borrower’s ability to generate additional revenues on those units to offset higher operating expenses due to inflation and the current interest rate environment. This could result in lower net operating income and could impact a borrower’s ability to satisfy repayment obligations during the term of the loan. In addition, the level of income generated by the property may be insufficient to qualify for refinancing at maturity.

The majority of our multi-family loan portfolio consists of non-recourse loans secured by rental apartment buildings. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, $15.8 billion or 55 percent and $19.2 billion or 56 percent of our total multi-family loan portfolio was secured by properties in New York State. Of these amounts, $13.9 billion or 88 percent and $18.3 billion or 95 percent were subject to rent regulation laws to varying degrees at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Additionally, $9.5 billion and $11.2 billion of these loans, as of the respective year-ends, were secured by properties in which at least 50 percent of the units were rent-regulated.

To mitigate our exposure to rent-regulated properties, we are curtailing future originations of loans secured by rent-regulated properties. We are focusing originations and renewal retention on borrowers with whom we will have broader customer relationships beyond lending. Additionally, we are strategically diversifying our loan portfolio to shift from multi-family loans to other loan sectors.

Historically, our multi-family loans may have contained an initial interest-only period; however, they were underwritten on a fully amortizing basis, including calculation of the DSCR. Whether a borrower qualified for an interest-only period was based on the individual credit profile of the borrower, particularly the loan-to-value of the property. Our multi-family loan portfolio had $6.5 billion outstanding in the interest only period as of December 31, 2025. The weighted average interest-only period remaining was 22.8 months as of December 31, 2025, with approximately 51 percent of these loans entering their amortization period by the end of 2026.

We continue to monitor our loans held for investment portfolio and the related ACL, particularly, given the economic pressures facing the commercial real estate and multi-family markets. Although occupancy levels have historically tended to be stable due to below market rents, rent-regulated loans that are repricing are incurring debt service levels that, when combined with inflationary pressure on operating costs and limits on the ability to increase rental rates, approach or exceed some

51

Table of Contents

properties’ net operating income and may require the borrower to support the loan from sources unrelated to the collateral until elevated interest rates subside and/or over time as rents are able to be increased.

The following table presents a geographical analysis of the multi-family loans in our held for investment loan portfolio:

December 31,
20252024
(in millions)AmountPercent of TotalAmountPercent of Total
New York City:
Manhattan$4,90117%$6,24618%
Brooklyn4,559165,37516
Bronx2,72393,27210
Queens2,20682,5267
Staten Island6998
Total New York City$14,45850%$17,51751%
New Jersey3,715134,50913
Long Island42614841
Total Metro New York$18,59964%$22,51066%
Other New York State93031,1883
Pennsylvania2,831103,37510
Florida1,48351,5555
Ohio96831,0073
All other states4,172154,45813
Total$28,983100%$34,093100%

Commercial Real Estate

December 31,
(in millions)20252024$ Change (2025 vs. 2024)% Change (2025 vs. 2024)
Commercial real estate(1)$9,314$11,836$(2,522)(21)%

(1)Includes ADC loans.

At December 31, 2025, CRE loans decreased $2.5 billion compared to December 31, 2024, primarily due to par payoffs. The reduction in our CRE portfolio is consistent with the strategic decision to diversify our loan portfolio by reducing our exposure to CRE loans.

Certain of our CRE loans may contain an interest-only period which typically does not exceed three years; however, these loans are underwritten on a fully amortizing basis, including calculation of the DSCR. Whether a borrower qualifies for an interest-only period is based on the individual credit profile of the borrower, particularly the loan-to-value of the property.

Substantially all CRE loans we originate are non-recourse and are secured by income-producing properties such as office buildings, retail centers, mixed-use buildings, and multi-tenanted light industrial properties.

52

Table of Contents

The following table presents an analysis of the property types that collateralize the CRE loans in our held-for-investment portfolio:

December 31,
20252024
(in millions)AmountPercent of TotalAmountPercent of Total
Office (includes owner and non-owner occupied)$1,95421%$2,41120%
Retail (includes owner and non-owner occupied)1,560171,93416
Industrial3,928424,98442
Other1,872202,50722
Total(1)$9,314100%$11,836100%

(1)Includes ADC loans.

The following table presents a geographical analysis of the CRE loans in our held-for-investment loan portfolio:

December 31,
20252024
(in millions)AmountPercent of TotalAmountPercent of Total
New York$3,62639%$4,63439%
Michigan929101,22010
California70387376
New Jersey64077386
Florida62677346
Texas31834514
All other states2,472263,32229
Total(1)$9,314100%$11,836100%

(1)Includes ADC loans.

Commercial and Industrial Loans

December 31,
(in millions)20252024$ Change (2025 vs. 2024)% Change (2025 vs. 2024)
Commercial and industrial$15,217$15,376$(159)(1)%

Our C&I loan portfolio decreased $159 million at December 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024, primarily due to our strategic decision to diversify our loan portfolio by reducing our exposure to non-core C&I loans. This decrease was partially offset by $5.8 billion of new originations that resulted from new and increased loan commitments of $8.3 billion during the year ended December 31, 2025.

We originate a broad range of C&I loans, both collateralized and unsecured, which are made available to businesses for working capital (including inventory and accounts receivable), business expansion, the purchase of machinery and equipment, and other general corporate needs. In determining the term and structure of C&I loans, many factors are considered, including the purpose, the collateral, and the anticipated sources of repayment. C&I loans are often secured by business assets of the borrower and often include financial covenants to monitor the borrower’s financial stability.

The majority of the C&I loan portfolio is structured as floating rate obligations, through a variety of teams dedicated to various markets, products and sectors, including corporate and regional commercial banking, specialized industries, equipment finance and private banking. We continue to add experienced commercial, corporate and specialized industries banking professionals and credit underwriting and portfolio management personnel to support our growth.

53

Table of Contents

One-to-Four Family Loans

December 31,
(in millions)20252024$ Change (2025 vs. 2024)% Change (2025 vs. 2024)
One-to-four family first mortgage$5,630$5,201$4298%

One-to-four family loans increased $429 million at December 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024, primarily driven by new originations arising from our private banking business.

One-to-four family loans include various types of conforming and non-conforming fixed and adjustable-rate loans underwritten using Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines for the purpose of purchasing or refinancing owner occupied and second home properties. The loan-to-value requirements on our residential first mortgage loans vary depending on occupancy, property type, loan amount, and FICO scores. Loans with loan-to-value ratios exceeding 80 percent are required to obtain mortgage insurance. As of December 31, 2025, excluding loans with government guarantees, loans in this portfolio had an average current FICO score of 744 and an average loan-to-value ratio of 51 percent.

Other Loans

December 31,
(in millions)20252024$ Change (2025 vs. 2024)% Change (2025 vs. 2024)
Other loans$1,588$1,766$(178)(10)%

At December 31, 2025, Other loans decreased $178 million compared to December 31, 2024, primarily driven by payoffs at par.

Our loans primarily consist of HELOANs, second mortgage loans, and HELOCs. As of December 31, 2025, loans in this portfolio had an average current FICO score of 758.

Loans Held for Sale

December 31,
(in millions)20252024$ Change (2025 vs. 2024)% Change (2025 vs. 2024)
Loans held for sale$265$899$(634)(71)%

Loans held for sale decreased $634 million at December 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024, primarily due to the run-off of held for sale loans following the sale of our Mortgage Operations during three months ended December 31, 2024. As of December 31, 2025, $242 million of our loans held for sale are a result of mortgage originations made through our retail branch network and private banking business.

Refer to Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for our policy related to classifying loans as held for sale.

54

Table of Contents

Allowance for Credit Losses

The following table sets forth the allocation of the ACL on loans and leases at each period-end:

December 31,
20252024
(in millions)Allowance for credit lossesAllowance as a percent of loans in each portfolioLoans in each portfolio as a percent of total loansAllowance for credit lossesAllowance as a percent of loans in each portfolioLoans in each portfolio as a percent of total loans
Multi-family loans$5491.89%47.7%$6391.87%49.9%
Commercial real estate loans(1)2292.4615.33042.5717.4
One-to-four family first mortgage loans350.629.3390.757.6
Commercial and industrial1500.9925.11510.9822.5
Other loans674.222.6683.852.6
Total loans$1,0301.70%100%$1,2011.76%100%

(1)Includes ADC loans.

The ACL on loans and leases decreased $171 million from December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2025. This decrease is primarily due to volume declines from the strategic reduction in our multi-family, CRE and non-core C&I portfolios, and stable credit trends as property values and borrower financials normalize. The reduction in our ACL balance was partially offset by declining trends in macro-economic conditions, although some improvement was seen during the three months ended December 31, 2025.

Refer to Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for our policy relating to the ACL.

55

Table of Contents

Non-Accrual Loans

The following table presents our non-accrual loans held for investment by loan type:

December 31,
(in millions)20252024$ Change% Change
Multi-family$2,261$1,755$50629%
Commercial real estate (1)489564(75)(13)
One-to-four family first mortgage6470(6)(9)
Commercial and industrial130202(72)(36)
Other non-accrual loans3124729
Total non-accrual loans (2)$2,975$2,615$36014%
Repossessed assets1114(3)(21)
Total non-performing assets$2,986$2,629$35714%
Non-accrual loans to total loans held for investment4.90%3.83%
Non-performing assets to total assets3.41%2.62%
Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases to non-accrual loans34.62%45.93%

(1)Includes ADC loans.

(2)Excludes $30 million and $323 million of non-accrual held for sale loans at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.

The following table sets forth the changes in non-accrual loans for the year ended 2025:

(in millions)
Balance at December 31, 2024$2,615
New non-accrual1,994
Charge-offs(185)
Transferred to held for sale(95)
Loan payoffs, including dispositions and principal pay-downs(1,215)
Restored to performing status(139)
Balance at December 31, 2025$2,975

During the year ended 2025, non accrual loans increased $360 million primarily due to the classification of $566 million in loans, primarily within our multi-family portfolio, as non-accrual during the three months ended March 31, 2025. This increase was driven by a single borrower relationship that was undergoing bankruptcy proceedings as of December 31, 2025. The bankruptcy auction was finalized and confirmed by the bankruptcy court in January 2026, and we expect to close on the sale of these loans during the three months ending March 31, 2026.

Approximately 34 percent of our non-accrual loans are current on their contractual payment terms.

Refer to Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for our policy relating to non-accrual loans.

56

Table of Contents

Delinquencies

The following table presents our loans held for investment 30 to 89 days past due by loan type and the changes in the respective balances. As of December 31, 2025, approximately 47 percent of our multi-family 30-89 days past due loans were attributable to a single borrower relationship that continues to make payments in arrears subsequent to December 31, 2025.

December 31,$ Change% Change
(in millions)20252024
Loans 30 to 89 Days Past Due:
Multi-family$588$749$(161)(21)%
Commercial real estate(1)1557085NM
One-to-four family first mortgage782553NM
Commercial and industrial1261101615%
Other loans391128NM
Total loans 30-89 days past due$986$965$212%

(1)Includes ADC loans.

Charge-offs

The following table summarizes net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans:

December 31,
20252024
(in millions)Net Charge-offs (Recoveries)Average Balance%Net Charge-offs (Recoveries)Average Balance%
Multi-family$235$31,9530.74%$303$36,0640.84%
Commercial real estate(1)3310,6660.3145813,1493.48
One-to-four family residential45,0750.0835,7400.05
Commercial and industrial5914,6160.4011519,7530.58
Other201,6831.19131,9020.68
Total$351$63,9930.55%$892$76,6081.16%

(1)Includes ADC loans.

Securities

Debt Securities Available-for-Sale

December 31,
(in millions)20252024$ Change (2025 vs. 2024)% Change (2025 vs. 2024)
Debt Securities Available-for-Sale$15,701$10,402$5,29951%

Debt securities available-for-sale increased $5.3 billion compared to December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily a result of our decision to reinvest our cash into higher earning assets. At December 31, 2025, 26 percent of our portfolio is comprised of floating rate securities.

At December 31, 2025, debt securities available-for-sale had an estimated weighted average life of 5 years compared to 6 years at December 31, 2024. Mortgage-related securities included in debt securities available-for-sale were $13.0 billion and $8.6 billion at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.

57

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the weighted average yields of debt securities available-for-sale for the maturities at December 31, 2025:

Mortgage- Related SecuritiesU.S. Government and GSE ObligationsCorporate and Other BondsAsset-Backed Securities
Available-for-sale Debt Securities: (1)
Due within one year2.97%%%%
Due from one to five years2.613.934.48
Due from five to ten years2.511.625.43
Due after ten years4.425.955.45
Total debt securities available-for-sale4.372.624.925.45

(1)The weighted average yields are calculated by multiplying each carrying value by its yield and dividing the sum of these results by the total carrying values and are not presented on a tax-equivalent basis.

Deposits

We compete for deposits and customers through multiple channels, including our retail branch network, our private banking business and mobile and internet banking applications. Our ability to retain and attract deposits depends on numerous factors, including customer satisfaction, the rates of interest we pay, the types of products we offer, and the attractiveness of their terms.

The following table summarizes the change in our deposits:

December 31,
(in millions)20252024$ Change% Change
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts$18,233$20,780$(2,547)(12)%
Savings accounts14,86414,2825824
Certificates of deposit20,84327,324(6,481)(24)
Non-interest-bearing accounts12,06013,484(1,424)(11)
Total deposits$66,000$75,870$(9,870)(13)%

Total deposits at December 31, 2025 decreased $9.9 billion compared to December 31, 2024, primarily due to the payoff of brokered CDs reflecting our strategy to reduce higher cost funding and custodial deposits as a result of the sale of our Mortgage Operations during the three months ended December 31, 2024.

58

Table of Contents

The following table presents the composition of the Bank's brokered deposits for the periods presented:

December 31,
(in millions)20252024
Brokered interest-bearing checking and money market accounts$76$714
Brokered certificates of deposit2,3269,510
Total brokered deposits (1)$2,402$10,224

(1)Excludes reciprocal deposits.

The following table indicates the amount of time deposits, by account, that are in excess of $250,000 per depositor by time remaining until maturity:

December 31,
(in millions)20252024
3 months or less$2,758$3,530
Over 3 months through 6 months1,9332,637
Over 3 months through 6 months1,1754,329
Over 12 months4662,099
Total time deposits in excess of $250,000 per depositor (1)$6,332$12,595

(1)Includes brokered certificate of deposit accounts of $2.3 billion and $9.5 billion at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. Brokered certificates of deposit with balances in excess of $250,000 are fully insured by the FDIC as each of the ultimate owners of the funds maintain balances below FDIC insurance limits.

The following table indicates the amount of custodial deposits by source:

December 31,
(in millions)20252024
Custodial deposits from subservicing relationships947
Non-servicing custodial deposits2,0683,651
Total Custodial Deposits$2,068$4,598

Uninsured Deposits

At December 31, 2025, our deposit base includes $13.5 billion of uninsured deposits that are uninsured or not collateralized by securities or letters of credit. Our uninsured deposits are the portion of deposit accounts that exceed the FDIC insurance limit.

As of December 31, 2025, total bank liquidity exceeds the balance of our uninsured deposits by $13.6 billion.

59

Table of Contents

Borrowed Funds

The following table summarizes our borrowed funds:

December 31,
(in millions)20252024$ Change% Change
Short-term borrowings(1)
FHLB advances$4,000$2,750$1,25045%
Total short-term borrowings$4,000$2,750$1,25045%
Long-term debt
FHLB advances$7,151$10,650$(3,499)(33)%
Junior subordinated debentures58558231
Subordinated notes44844441
Total long-term debt$8,184$11,676$(3,492)(30)%
Total borrowed funds$12,184$14,426$(2,242)(16)%

(1)Borrowings with original maturities of one year or less are classified as short-term borrowings.

At December 31, 2025 total borrowed funds decreased $2.2 billion compared to December 31, 2024, primarily due to the repayment of $250 million and $1.0 billion of FHLB advances upon maturity in the three months ended March 31, 2025 and June 30, 2025, respectively. In December 2025, we strategically prepaid $2.5 billion of FHLB advances prior to maturity to reduce future funding cost. These repayments were partially offset by new short-term advances taken during the year. These actions contributed to us reducing our weighted-average interest rate on our total borrowings from 4.88 percent to 4.33 percent at December 31, 2025.

FHLB advances are secured by eligible collateral in the form of loans and securities, under blanket collateral agreements with the FHLB. At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 our wholesale borrowing had $250 million of callable features.

Risk Governance Framework

The Risk Management Division is responsible for formalizing our Risk Appetite Statement, which reflects the Board's and Management’s tolerance for risks and is set in alignment with the budget, strategic and capital plans. Internal controls and ongoing monitoring processes capture and address heightened risks that threaten our ability to achieve our goals and objectives, including the recognition of safety and soundness concerns and consumer protection. Additionally, key risk indicators are monitored against established risk warning levels and limits, as well as elevated risks escalated to the Chief Risk Officer.

To comprehensively manage our risk exposure, we focus on several critical areas outlined below, Credit Risk, Liquidity Risk, Interest Rate Risk and Regulatory Capital.

60

Table of Contents

Credit Risk

It is our practice to continually review the risk in our loan portfolio. For our multi-family and CRE loan portfolios, we receive financial information from borrowers annually and in some cases more frequently. Generally, updated annual borrower financial information is received during the second calendar quarter. Upon receipt of the borrower financial information, we perform an analysis to determine whether the cash flow from the underlying collateral is sufficient to meet the contractual loan payments, commonly referred to as the DSCR. We consider the ability to cover debt service based upon the current contractual rate or, when a borrower’s initial fixed rate period expires in the near future, the lowest contractual rate reset option available under the loan terms using the current level for referenced indices. Loans that do not have a DSCR of 1.0 or greater are evaluated for a potential downgrade to substandard or non-accrual risk rating. All substandard loans, including non-accrual loans, are appraised at the time of downgrade and are re-appraised annually. Based upon this appraisal the loan is evaluated to determine if an adjustment to the carrying amount is required.

For our C&I loan portfolio, we receive financial information from borrowers quarterly and in some cases less frequently. Quarterly borrower financial information is typically received within 45 to 60 days of quarter end. Upon receipt of the borrower financial information, we perform analyses to (i) determine whether borrower cash flow is sufficient to meet the contractual loan payments, commonly using a fixed-charge coverage ratio (FCCR) which is often a financial covenant of our borrowers (ii) test all borrower financial covenants, (iii) review and update collateral values, and (iv) update our internal borrower risk ratings. Loans that do not have a FCCR of 1.0 or greater are evaluated for a potential downgrade to substandard or non-accrual risk rating.

The largest substandard and non-accrual loans within our portfolio are reported and reviewed with the RAC at least quarterly.

During the year ended December 31, 2025, $3.0 billion of multi-family loans reached their repricing date. Approximately, 89 percent of the loans that repriced during 2025 are current on their contractual payments or paid off during the year.

Substandard and Non-Accrual loans ("Classified Loans") reflect the potential that a loss may occur if deficiencies in the primary source of repayment are unable to be corrected and borrowers are unwilling or unable to otherwise support the loans. Classified loans at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 were $9.7 billion and $11.5 billion, respectively. The decrease in classified loans is primarily attributable to the par payoffs of multi-family substandard loans.

The procedures we follow with respect to delinquent loans are generally consistent across all categories, with late charges assessed, and notices mailed to the borrower, at specified dates. We attempt to reach the borrower by telephone to ascertain the reasons for delinquency and the prospects for repayment. When contact is made with a borrower at any time prior to foreclosure or recovery against collateral property, we attempt to obtain full payment and will consider a repayment schedule to avoid taking such action. Generally, we make every effort to collect rather than initiate foreclosure or other recovery proceedings.

Refer to Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for further information regarding our policies surrounding non-accrual loans.

In accordance with our charge-off policy, collateral-dependent loans are written down to their current appraised values less costs to sell. We actively pursue borrowers who are delinquent in repaying their loans in an effort to collect payment. In addition, outside counsel with experience in foreclosure proceedings are retained to support these efforts. Charge-offs of $326 million were recorded on multi-family and commercial real estate loans during the year ended December 31, 2025, primarily driven by appraisals received on those loans.

It is our policy to order updated appraisals for all substandard and non-accrual loans that are collateralized by multi-family buildings, commercial real estate properties, or land, if the most recent appraisal on file for the property is more than one year old. Appraisals are ordered at least annually until such time as the loan becomes pass rated. It is not our policy to obtain updated appraisals for performing loans that are not showing signs of credit weakness. However, appraisals may be ordered for performing loans when a borrower requests an increase in the loan amount, a modification in loan terms, or an extension of a maturing loan, or when we determine an updated appraisal is needed as a result of our ongoing credit analysis. We evaluate loans that were previously placed on non-accrual at least quarterly to determine if additional charge-offs may be needed.

Properties and other assets that are acquired through foreclosure are classified as repossessed assets and are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition, less the estimated cost of selling the property. Subsequent declines in the fair value of the assets are charged to earnings and are included in non-interest expense. It is our policy to require an appraisal, and an environmental assessment of properties classified as other real estate owned before foreclosure and to re-appraise the properties

61

Table of Contents

at least annually until they are sold. We dispose of such properties as quickly and prudently as possible, given current market conditions and the property’s condition.

Liquidity Risk

We have established a liquidity risk management framework designed to ensure that we can meet our funding obligations in daily, business-as-usual and liquidity stress periods. We maintain a Liquidity Risk Policy that has been approved by the Board and is subject to review at least annually or if there are significant changes to our business activity. The Liquidity Risk Policy outlines our Risk Appetite and provides guidance for the roles and responsibilities of management and various oversight committees to oversee the liquidity risk management framework. We also maintain a CFP which has been approved by the Board. The CFP provides guidance to plan for potential periods of stress and to navigate actual periods of stress. The CFP specifies a series of EWI which we use to monitor funding or market conditions that may indicate a trend toward a period of stress and to provide guiding principles for us during a period of stress including identifying the operational steps needed to access available and contingent sources of liquidity.

Our funding primarily stems from a diverse combination of business activities. The primary source of funding is our retail and institutional deposit base. Customer deposits provide us with a relatively stable, low-cost source of funding. The majority of our customer deposits are covered by FDIC deposit insurance with $13.5 billion of deposits that are uninsured or not collateralized by securities or letters of credit, representing 20 percent of our overall deposit base. We also obtain funding through various wholesale funding channels, including $11.2 billion of secured borrowings from the FHLB and an active brokered CDs issuance program with $2.3 billion outstanding as of December 31, 2025.

Our Liquidity Policy defines a limit framework which ensures we maintain liquidity and funding within our risk appetite. The limits require, among other elements, we maintain a diverse funding profile while limiting concentration of funding by source, counterparty and maturity tenor. The policy also requires us to maintain sufficient on-balance sheet liquidity to support funding obligations under a severe, but plausible 30-day liquidity stress scenario. We monitor and report our overall funding and liquidity risk appetite metrics on a daily basis and our cash position on an intraday basis.

We maintain a liquidity buffer of on-balance sheet cash reserves and HQLAs. We also maintain access to secured borrowings from the FHLB and FRB-NY Discount Window. The investment securities we consider HQLAs are all unencumbered, held as available-for-sale, and are either issued by government sponsored entities or are explicitly guaranteed by the U.S. government. We pledge eligible loan and securities collateral with the FRB-NY Discount Window and FHLB New York to support borrowing capacity. The available borrowing capacity with the FRB-NY Discount Window and the FHLB, net of credit utilization primarily in the form of advances and letters of credit, is included in our Total Liquidity.

December 31,
(in billions)20252024
Cash at Federal Reserve$5.3$15.0
High-Quality Liquid Assets13.57.9
Total On-Balance Sheet Liquidity$18.8$22.9
FHLB Available Capacity6.56.6
Discount Window Available Capacity1.80.4
Total Liquidity$27.1$29.9

Credit Ratings

We maintain credit ratings from three rating agencies: Moody’s, Fitch and Morningstar DBRS. As of January 16, 2026, our credit ratings were as follows:

Moody'sFitchDBRS
Long-Term IssuerB1BBBBB
Long-Term DepositsBa1BB+BBB
Short-Term DepositsNPB

The primary mortgage loan agencies maintain standards that define the criteria that must be met for an institution to qualify as an eligible custodial depository for the deposits related to loans owned by those entities, including having an

62

Table of Contents

investment grade short-term issuer/deposit rating from Moody’s or S&P. We are currently not in compliance with that criteria. We have received a waiver of these criteria for all of our custodial deposits which could be revoked at any of the agencies' discretion. We have no other direct contractual relationships tied to further downgrades in our credit ratings, but may suffer reputational risk that could have an adverse effect on our business should that occur.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

In the normal course of business, we enter into a variety of contractual obligations in order to manage our assets and liabilities, fund loan growth, operate our branch network, and address our capital needs.

For example, we offer certificates of deposit with contractual terms to our customers and borrow funds under contract from the FHLB. These contractual obligations are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Condition under “Deposits” and “Borrowed funds,” respectively. At December 31, 2025, we had CDs of $20.8 billion and long-term debt (defined as borrowed funds with an original maturity one year or more) of $8.2 billion.

We also are obligated under certain non-cancelable operating leases on the buildings and land we use in operating our branch network and in performing our back-office responsibilities. These obligations are included within Other liabilities within the Consolidated Statements of Condition in other liabilities and totaled $427 million at December 31, 2025, a decrease of $36 million compared to $463 million at December 31, 2024.

At December 31, 2025, we also had commitments to extend credit in the form of mortgage and other loan originations, as well as commercial, performance stand-by and financial stand-by letters of credit. These commitments consist of agreements to extend credit as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract under which the loan is made. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee. The fees we collect in connection with the issuance of letters of credit are included in “Fee income” in the Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income.

At December 31, 2025, our total liquidity position was $27.1 billion, and we expect that our funding will be sufficient to fulfill our cash obligations and commitments when they are due both in the short term and long term.

For the year ended 2025, we did not engage in any off-balance sheet transactions that we expect to have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

At December 31, 2025, we had no commitments to purchase securities.

Interest Rate Risk

We manage our assets and liabilities to reduce our exposure to changes in market interest rates. The asset and liability management process has three primary objectives: to evaluate the interest rate risk inherent in certain balance sheet accounts; to determine the appropriate level of risk, given our business strategy, operating environment, capital and liquidity requirements, and performance objectives; and to manage that risk in a manner consistent with guidelines approved by the Board.

As a financial institution, we are focused on reducing our exposure to interest rate volatility, which represents our primary market risk. Changes in market interest rates represent the greatest challenge to our financial performance, as such changes can have a significant impact on the level of income and expense recorded on a large portion of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and on the market value of all interest-earning assets, other than those possessing a short term to maturity. To reduce our exposure to changing rates, the Board and management monitor interest rate sensitivity on a regular or as needed basis so that adjustments to the asset and liability mix can be made when deemed appropriate.

The actual duration of held for investment mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities can be significantly impacted by changes in prepayment levels and market interest rates. The level of prepayments may, in turn, be impacted by a variety of factors, including the economy in the region where the underlying mortgages were originated; seasonal factors; demographic variables; and the assumability of the underlying mortgages. However, the factors with the most significant impact on prepayments are market interest rates and the availability of refinancing opportunities.

63

Table of Contents

Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis

Interest rate sensitivity is monitored through the use of a model that generates estimates of the change in our EVE over a range of interest rate scenarios. EVE is defined as the net present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet contracts. The EVE ratio, under any interest rate scenario, is defined as the EVE in that scenario divided by the market value of assets in the same scenario. The model assumes estimated loan and MBS prepayment rates, current market value spreads, and deposit decay rates and betas.

Based on the information and assumptions in effect at December 31, 2025, the following table sets forth our EVE, assuming the changes in interest rates noted:

Change in Interest Rates (in basis points)Estimated Percentage Change in Economic Value of Equity
-200 shock(0.74)%
-100 shock(0.21)%
+100 shock(0.87)%
+200 shock(2.77)%

The net changes in EVE presented in the preceding table are within the parameters approved by the Board.

Accordingly, while the EVE analysis provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to, and do not, provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our NII, and may very well differ from actual results.

Interest Rate Risk is also monitored through the use of a model that generates NII simulations over a range of interest rate scenarios. Modeling changes in NII requires that certain assumptions be made which may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the NII analysis presented below assumes that the composition of our interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured, and also assumes that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve, regardless of the duration to maturity or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. Furthermore, the model does not take into account the benefit of any strategic actions we may take to further reduce our exposure to interest rate risk. The assumptions used in the NII simulation are inherently uncertain. Actual results may differ significantly from those presented in the following table, due to the frequency, timing, and magnitude of changes in interest rates; changes in spreads between maturity and repricing categories; and prepayments, among other factors, coupled with any actions taken to counter the effects of any such changes.

At December 31, 2025, the estimated change in net interest income over the next twelve months for a 100 basis point reduction in short term interest rates with no change in long term interest rates is an increase of 1.51% percent and the estimated change for a 100 basis point increase in short term rates is decrease of 1.29% percent.

The following table reflects the estimated percentage change in future NII for the next twelve months. In general, short- and long-term rates are assumed to increase in parallel instantaneously and then remain unchanged. Based on the information and assumptions in effect at December 31, 2025 the changes in interest rates are noted below:

Change in Interest Rates (in basis points)Estimated Percentage Change in Future Net Interest Income
-200 shock(1.9)%
-100 shock(0.9)%
+100 shock(0.1)%
+200 shock(0.4)%

The net changes in NII presented in the preceding table are within the parameters approved by our Board.

Future changes in our mix of assets and liabilities may result in greater changes to our EVE, and/or NII simulations.

In the event that our EVE and NII sensitivities were to breach our internal policy limits, we would undertake the following actions to ensure that appropriate remedial measures were put in place:

64

Table of Contents

•In formulating appropriate strategies, Flagstar's ALCO would ascertain the primary causes of the variance from policy tolerances, the expected term of such conditions, and the projected effect on capital and earnings.

•Our ALCO would inform the Board of the variance, and present recommendations to the Board regarding proposed courses of action to restore conditions to within-policy tolerances.

Where temporary changes in market conditions or volume levels result in significant increases in risk, strategies may involve reducing open positions or employing other balance sheet management activities including the potential use of derivatives to reduce the risk exposure. Where variance from policy tolerances is triggered by more fundamental imbalances in the risk profiles of core loan and deposit products, a remedial strategy may involve restoring balance through natural hedges to the extent possible before employing synthetic hedging techniques. Other strategies might include:

•Asset restructuring, involving sales of assets having higher risk profiles, or a gradual restructuring of the asset mix over time to affect the maturity or repricing schedule of assets;

•Liability restructuring, whereby product offerings and pricing are altered or wholesale borrowings are employed to affect the maturity structure or repricing of liabilities;

•Expansion or shrinkage of the balance sheet to correct imbalances in the repricing or maturity periods between assets and liabilities; and/or

•Use or alteration of off-balance sheet positions, including interest rate swaps, caps, floors, options, and forward purchase or sales commitments.

Regulatory Capital

The Bank is subject to prudential standards applicable to national banks:

•The OCC’s capital adequacy standards establish minimum capital requirements and overall capital adequacy standards.

•The Prompt Corrective Action regulatory capital framework establishes five categories of capital adequacy ranging from “well capitalized” to “critically undercapitalized.” An institution’s capital category affects various matters, including legal requirements for regulators to take prompt corrective action and the level of a bank’s FDIC deposit insurance premium assessments. Capital amounts and classifications are subject to the regulators’ qualitative judgments about the components of capital and risk weighted assets, among other factors. Regulators have the discretion to require capital to be maintained in excess of minimum levels.

•Under regulatory heightened standards, a risk governance framework is required to be developed and maintained to manage and control the risk-taking activities of the Bank. Management has developed a written framework and is implementing the various components in an integrated fashion as underlying business processes mature. Heightened standards also require risk limits, metrics, and analytics which monitor the size and direction of key risks in the organization. We have established risk limits which are monitored by the Board and are continuing to enhance related metrics and analytics.

65

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2025, our capital measures continued to exceed the minimum federal requirements. The following tables set forth the Bank's common equity tier 1, tier 1 risk-based, total risk-based, and leverage capital amounts and ratios as well as the respective minimum regulatory capital requirements, as of the dates shown:

Risk-Based Capital
December 31, 2025Common Equity Tier 1Tier 1TotalLeverage Capital
(in millions)AmountRatioAmountRatioAmountRatioAmountRatio
Actual capital$7,84512.83%$8,34813.66%$9,92116.23%$8,3489.22%
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes2,7514.503,6686.004,8908.003,6234.00
Excess$5,0948.33%$4,6807.66%$5,0318.23%$4,7255.22%
December 31, 2024
Actual capital$7,99711.83%$8,50112.57%$10,23815.14%$8,5017.68%
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes3,0434.504,0576.005,4098.004,4284.00
Excess$4,9547.33%$4,4446.57%$4,8297.14%$4,0733.68%

The increase in our capital ratios from December 31, 2024 was primarily driven by lower risk-weighted assets, reflecting a reduction in loans and leases held for investment, particularly in multi-family and CRE exposures.

At December 31, 2025, our total risk-based capital ratio exceeded the minimum requirement for capital adequacy purposes by 823 basis points and the fully phased-in capital conservation buffer by 573 basis points.

At December 31, 2025, the Bank also exceeded the minimum capital requirements to be categorized as “Well Capitalized.” To be categorized as well capitalized, a bank must maintain a minimum common equity tier 1 ratio of 6.50 percent; a minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8 percent; a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 10 percent; and a minimum leverage capital ratio of 5 percent.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires the use of estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect our financial condition, the result of our operations and cash flows. We believe the judgments, estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements are appropriate and the resulting balances are reasonable given the factual circumstances at the time, however, due to the inherent uncertainties in developing estimates, actual results could differ from our estimate, requiring adjustments in future periods. Refer to Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements for our significant accounting policies related to our critical accounting estimates.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The ACL is a critical accounting estimate that requires significant judgment and is inherently subject to uncertainty. The ACL represents management’s estimate of expected credit losses over the remaining contractual life of our loan and lease portfolio, including unfunded commitments, as of the balance sheet date.

The ACL on loans and leases is estimated collectively for pools with similar risk characteristics using models that project probability of default, loss given default, and exposure at default, informed by economic forecasts, borrower and collateral data, and prepayment projections. Portfolio segments include multi-family, commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, 1-4 family loans, and other consumer loans. Economic scenarios are sourced from independent third parties and applied over a 24-month reasonable and supportable period, followed by a 12-month straight-line reversion to long-run historical averages. Expected credit losses are calculated over the remaining contractual term, adjusted for expected prepayments, and supplemented by qualitative adjustments for factors not fully captured in models. Loans without shared risk characteristics are assessed individually, often using collateral fair value less costs to sell when collateral dependent.

The ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures is estimated over the contractual period in which we are exposed to credit risk through obligations to extend credit, unless those obligations are unconditionally cancellable. The estimate reflects the likelihood of funding and expected credit losses on commitments anticipated to be drawn over their estimated life.

The ACL is a critical accounting estimate due to the significant judgment required to develop assumptions and determine appropriate inputs to be considered in the estimate, and the extent of their impact on the ACL. It is difficult to estimate the

66

Table of Contents

sensitivity of how potential changes in any one assumption or factor might affect the overall reserve because changes in those factors may not occur at the same rate or consistently across all portfolios. Further, changes in inputs and assumptions may also be directionally inconsistent, such that improvement in one factor may offset deterioration in others. Because these estimates rely on assumptions about borrower performance and economic conditions, actual credit loss experience may differ materially from expectations, which could significantly affect the allowance and provision for credit losses.

See Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 7 - Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans and Leases to our consolidated financial statements for more information on the ACL.

MD&A history

Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.

FY 2024 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000910073-25-000038.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2025-03-04. Report date: 2024-12-31.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net Income

During the year ended 2024, we reported a net loss of $1.1 billion compared to a net loss of $79 million for the year ended 2023. The net loss attributable to common stockholders, which includes the impact from preferred dividends, for the year ended 2024 was $1.2 billion or $3.49 per diluted share compared to the net loss attributable to common stockholders of $112 million for the year ended 2023 or $0.49 per diluted share. The 2024 results include a $37 million increase in our provision for credit losses identified subsequent to the issuance of our press release on January 30, 2025, as a result of the completion of our control procedures. The adjustment was related to the quantitative calculation of the allowance for credit losses and a corresponding impact on the reserve for unfunded commitments related to the Company’s commercial and industrial portfolio.

Several notable items included in the results for the year ended 2024 include a $121 million reduction in the bargain purchase gain arising from the Signature Transaction, $103 million of merger-related and restructuring expenses related to the sale of our mortgage warehouse business, the sale of our mortgage servicing and third-party origination business, as well as severance costs and long-term asset impairment charges related to various Company-owned or leased properties. These notable items aggregated to an after-tax loss of $245 million, or $0.74 per diluted share for the year ended 2024. Included in the results for the year ended 2023 are a bargain purchase gain of $2.1 billion arising from the Signature Transaction and $245 million of merger-related expenses, which aggregate to an after-tax gain of $576 million, or $2.41 per diluted share.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is our primary source of income. The amount of our net interest income is a function of the amount of interest-earning assets we hold, the manner in which we fund these assets, including interest-bearing liabilities, and the spread between the interest rates we earn on assets and the interest rates we pay on liabilities. These factors are influenced by both the pricing and mix of our interest-earning assets and our interest-bearing liabilities which, in turn, are impacted by various external factors, including the local economy, competition for loans and deposits, the monetary policy of the Federal Open Market Committee, and market interest rates.

48

Our interest-bearing liabilities are comprised of customer deposits and funds we borrow. The average term of our fixed rate deposits is less than twelve months, therefore the cost of our deposits and most of our borrowed funds is largely based on short-term rates of interest, the level of which is partially impacted by the actions of the Federal Open Market Committee. The yields on our held for-investment loans and investment securities are generally more sensitive to intermediate-term market interest rates. However, a sizable portion of our held for investment loans have fixed rates and generally reset to intermediate-term market rates when they reach repricing dates.

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our net interest income and average balance sheet for the periods indicated: Average yields are calculated by dividing the interest income produced by the average balance of interest-earning assets. Average costs are calculated by dividing the interest expense produced by the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities. The average balances for the periods are derived from average balances that are calculated daily.

Year Ended December 31,
202420232022
(dollars in millions)Average BalanceInterestAverage Yield/CostAverage BalanceInterestAverage Yield/CostAverage BalanceInterestAverage Yield/Cost
ASSETS:
Interest-earning assets:
Mortgage and other loans and leases, net (1)$78,883$4,3695.54%$81,855$4,5095.51%$49,376$1,8483.74%
Securities (2) (3)12,2225594.57%10,6114444.18%7,4482002.69%
Reverse repurchase agreements%388225.77%460153.24%
Interest-earning cash and cash equivalents19,4781,0245.26%10,0255165.14%1,988291.47%
Total interest-earning assets$110,583$5,9525.38%$102,879$5,4915.34%$59,272$2,0923.53%
Non-interest-earning assets5,1517,6165,130
Total assets$115,734$110,495$64,402
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts$23,654$8693.67%$29,286$9433.22%$17,910$2261.26%
Savings accounts10,9753453.14%9,9411691.70%9,336600.64%
Certificates of deposit27,4771,3624.96%17,0976463.78%8,772971.11%
Total interest-bearing deposits$62,106$2,5764.15%$56,324$1,7583.12%$36,018$3831.06%
Short term borrowed funds5,7032213.89%7,2633054.20%2,408562.32%
Other borrowed funds18,4651,0035.43%10,6713513.29%12,9822571.99%
Total borrowed funds$24,168$1,2245.07%$17,934$6563.66%$15,390$3132.04%
Total interest-bearing liabilities$86,274$3,8004.40%$74,258$2,4143.25%$51,408$6961.35%
Non-interest-bearing deposits18,14021,5835,124
Other liabilities2,5954,073787
Total liabilities$107,009$99,914$57,319
Stockholders’ and mezzanine equity8,72510,5817,083
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$115,734$110,495$64,402
Net interest income/interest rate spread$2,1520.98%$3,0772.09%$1,3962.17%
Net interest margin1.95%2.99%2.35%
Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities1.28x1.39x1.15x

(1)Amounts are net of net deferred loan origination costs/(fees) and includes loans held for sale and non-accrual loans.

(2)Amounts are at amortized cost.

(3)Includes FHLB stock and FRB stock.

49

The following table presents the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities affected our interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to (i) the changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) the changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) the net change.

Year Ended December 31,
2024 compared to Year Ended 2023Increase/(Decrease) Due to:2023 compared to Year Ended 2022Increase/(Decrease) Due to:
(in millions)VolumeRateNetVolumeRateNet
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
Mortgage and other loans and leases, net$(170)$30$(140)$1,503$1,158$2,661
Securities7342115109135244
Reverse repurchase agreements(22)(22)(3)107
Interest Earning cash and cash equivalents508508266221487
Total interest-earnings assets$389$72$461$1,875$1,524$3,399
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts$(290)$216$(74)$255$462$717
Savings accounts371391767102109
Certificates of deposit67739716203346549
Short term borrowed funds(94)10(84)15891249
Other borrowed funds508144652(61)15594
Total interest-bearing liabilities8385481,3865621,1561,718
Change in net interest income$(449)$(476)$(925)$1,313$368$1,681

Comparison to Prior Year

For the year ended 2024, net interest margin was 1.95 percent, down 104 basis points compared to the year ended 2023. The year-over-year decrease was largely the result of a higher cost of funds, as the Company made use of borrowed funds during the early part of the year to offset deposit attrition and bolster liquidity, as well as the launch of a promotional rate deposit campaign during the second quarter, coupled with an increase in average interest-bearing liabilities.

Other factors affecting net interest income for the year ended 2024 compared to year ended 2023:

•$2.3 billion increase in period end non-accrual loans and the associated reversal of previously accrued interest income on those loans.

•$11.1 billion increase in average cash and investment securities driven by our actions to increase on-balance sheet liquidity as well as the sale of several non-core businesses, including our mortgage warehouse business and our mortgage servicing and third-party origination business.

•Increase in average loan yield primarily due to the impact of multi-family loans repricing to higher rates upon reaching the end of their initial fixed rate periods.

•39 basis point increase in the average yield on investment securities driven by lower rate securities maturing and being replaced with higher rate securities, consistent with the increase in market interest rates.

Provision for Credit Losses

Comparison to Prior Year

For the year ended 2024, the provision for credit losses totaled $1.1 billion compared to $833 million for the year ended 2023. The provision reflects substantial increases in the allowance for credit losses on loans and leases and charge-offs during the current period, principally related to risk rating downgrades on commercial real estate and multi-family loans with upcoming maturities or repricing for which the estimated property net operating income would not be sufficient to fully cover

50

pro-forma debt service when applying current market rates and terms, as well as underlying collateral value declines, principally in the office portfolio.

Net charge-offs totaled $892 million for the year ended 2024, compared with a net recovery of $208 million for the year ended 2023. This is primarily driven by an increase in classified loans in the commercial real estate and multi-family portfolios and underlying collateral value declines resulting from credit trends which first emerged in late 2023 resulting from higher interest rates and the impact of inflation on borrowers' expenses.

Non-Interest Income

The following table summarizes our non-interest income for the respective periods:

Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)202420232022
Fee income$150$172$27
Net gain on mortgage/servicing sale89
Net return on mortgage servicing rights731036
Net gain on loan sales and securitizations48895
Bank-owned life insurance424332
Net loan administration income2823
Bargain purchase gain(121)2,131159
Other1176715
Total non-interest income$400$2,687$247

Comparison to Prior Year

For the year ended 2024, non-interest income totaled $400 million compared to $2.7 billion for the year ended 2023. Excluding the impact due to the bargain purchase gain related to the Signature Transaction, noninterest income decreased $35 million. As a result of the sale of our mortgage servicing, subservicing, and third-party origination activities during 2024, substantially all income associated with mortgage servicing rights of $73 million, and loan administration income ceased upon completion of these non-core sales on October 31, 2024. In connection with the sale of the mortgage and servicing business, we recorded a net gain on sale of $89 million, for the year ended 2024.

Net loan administration income totaled $2 million for the year ended 2024, compared to $82 million for the year ended 2023 due to the expiration of our loan subservicing agreement with the FDIC related to the Signature Transaction and the sale of the mortgage servicing business.

Net gain on loan sales and securitizations declined $41 million driven by $23 million of selling costs related to the mortgage warehouse lending portfolio in 2024 and the sale of the mortgage business on October 31, 2024.

Other noninterest income increased $50 million driven by higher commercial loan and investment product fee income, which was partially offset by a $22 million reduction in fee income driven by lower retail deposit transaction fees.

The bargain purchase gain reduction recorded in the first quarter 2024 represented the final measurement period adjustment related to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Signature Transaction.

51

Non-Interest Expense

The following table summarizes our non-interest expense for the respective periods:

Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)202420232022
Operating expenses:
Compensation and benefits$1,263$1,149$354
FDIC insurance313126
Occupancy and equipment21120092
General and administrative809624158
Total operating expense$2,596$2,099$604
Intangible asset amortization1361265
Merger-related and restructuring expenses10633075
Goodwill impairment2,426
Total non-interest expense$2,838$4,981$684

Comparison to Prior Year

Total non-interest expenses for the year ended 2024 were $2.8 billion, down $2.1 billion or 43 percent compared to the year ended 2023. Included in the full-year 2024 total of non-interest expenses were certain notable items related to actions the Company took during the year ended 2024, including severance costs of $31 million related to our cost optimization strategy. In addition, we recorded asset impairment charges of $77 million related to plans to close certain operating centers and retail locations which are expected to reduce non-interest expense in the future. Notable items for the year ended 2023 include goodwill impairment of $2.4 billion and a $49 million FDIC special assessment.

Excluding the impact of these items and excluding intangible asset amortization and merger and restructuring expenses, full-year 2024 operating expenses were $2.5 billion, compared to $2.1 billion for full-year 2023, up $368 million or 18 percent. The majority of the increase was the result of a $187 million or 148 percent increase in our FDIC insurance costs due to an increase in the amount of criticized and classified loans and other factors affecting the assessment rate; a $185 million or 30 percent increase in general and administrative expenses; along with a $114 million or 10 percent increase in compensation and benefits expense. Higher expenses for the full year 2024 were driven by the full year impact from the Signature Transaction, which closed in late March of 2023, including an increase in the number of employees, higher occupancy costs related to an increase in the number of Company locations, and the higher regulatory costs described previously.

Income Tax Expense

For the year ended 2024, the Company reported an income tax benefit of $260 million compared to an income tax expense of $29 million for the year ended 2023. The effective tax rate for the year ended 2024 was 18.90 percent compared to (59.59) percent in the year ended 2023. The tax rate in the current year is impacted by increases in non-deductible expenses, most notably the FDIC expense. Additionally. the prior year tax rate is not meaningful due to the net tax expense related to the Signature Transaction being netted in the bargain purchase gain.

52

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS: 2023 AS COMPARED TO 2022

The results of operations comparison of 2023 compared to 2022 can be found in the Company’s previously filed Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year-ended December 31, 2023, under Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Balance Sheet Summary

Total assets decreased $13.9 billion to $100.2 billion as of December 31, 2024, compared to $114.1 billion at December 31, 2023. The Company improved its on-balance sheet liquidity in cash and cash equivalents by $4.0 billion, which was offset by strategic reductions in balances of loans held for investment, as discussed further below.

Total loans and leases held for investment were $68.3 billion at December 31, 2024, compared to $84.6 billion at December 31, 2023. The decrease was primarily driven by the sale of the warehouse lending portfolio in the third quarter, along with reductions in commercial and industrial loans where we made strategic decisions to decrease the size of some of our lending positions and exit certain non-relationship-based customers. In addition, our commercial real estate and multi-family portfolios continue to decline as borrowers pay off their loans and we work to strategically reduce the concentration of these portfolios.

The securities portfolio totaled $10.4 billion at December 31, 2024, compared to $9.2 billion at December 31, 2023. Our securities portfolio is classified as available-for-sale with low credit risk U.S. government agency bonds comprising over 90 percent of the total portfolio at December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively. These instruments are recorded at fair value and interest rate driven unrealized gains and losses are recorded in other comprehensive income.

Total deposits decreased $5.7 billion, or 7 percent to $75.9 billion at December 31, 2024, compared to $81.6 billion at December 31, 2023. In February and March 2024, we experienced $9.7 billion in deposit attrition following downgrades in our debt and deposit ratings by third-party credit rating agencies. On March 6, 2024, we announced a $1.05 billion capital raise, after which deposits stabilized for the remainder of the first quarter 2024. In response to the customer deposit attrition, we increased our on-balance sheet liquidity, primarily through $4.1 billion in brokered certificates of deposit and $5.5 billion of wholesale borrowings. Subsequently in the second and third quarters of 2024, our customer deposits increased substantially through targeted deposit gathering programs and private banking customer engagement which, along with the liquidity from the warehouse lending portfolio sale, allowed us to repay the wholesale borrowings from earlier in the year in the fourth quarter 2024.

Loans and Leases

The following table summarizes the composition of our loan portfolio:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
(in millions)AmountPercent of Loans Held for InvestmentAmountPercent of Loans Held for Investment
Multi-family$34,09349.9%$37,26544.0%
Commercial real estate8,68512.710,47012.4
One-to-four family first mortgage5,2017.66,0617.2
Acquisition, development, and construction3,1514.62,9123.4
Commercial and industrial15,37622.525,25429.9
Other loans1,7662.62,6573.1
Total loans and leases held for investment$68,272100%$84,619100%
Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases(1,201)(992)
Total loans and leases held for investment, net$67,071$83,627
Loans held for sale8991,182
Total loans and leases, net$67,970$84,809

53

Loan Maturity and Repricing Analysis

The following table sets forth option loans by year of repricing and non-option loans by year of contractual maturity for our multi-family and commercial real estate portfolios within loans held for investment at December 31, 2024. Loans that have adjustable rates are shown as being due in the period during which their interest rates are next subject to change. Risks associated with loan repricing are discussed in the Credit Risk section.

Year Ended December 31, 2024
(dollars in millions)Multi-FamilyCommercial Real Estate
Repricing / Contractual Maturity YearOption Loans by Repricing DateNon-Option Loans by Contractual MaturityOption Loans by Repricing DateNon-Option Loans by Contractual MaturityTotal (1)
2024$$196$$115$311
20253,5141,2553411,1336,243
20264,1109597417056,515
20277,5521,17291699210,632
20283,7872,0803261,0037,196
20292,3182,0502366855,289
2030+1644,83891,2146,225
Total amounts due or repricing, gross$21,445$12,550$2,569$5,847$42,411

(1)Excludes Specialty Finance commercial real estate loans and multi-family loans serviced-by-others totaling $369 million and $96 million, respectively. Amounts presented reflect unpaid principal balance; total amortized cost adjustments were $98 million.

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2024, the dollar amount of all loans held for investment that are due after December 31, 2025, and indicates whether such loans have fixed or adjustable rates of interest:

(in millions)FixedAdjustable (1)Total
Multi-family$8,173$20,857$29,030
Commercial real estate2,5134,3146,827
One-to-four family first mortgage1,8523,5735,425
Acquisition, development, and construction1621,6381,800
Other loans5,9025,22611,128
Total loans$18,602$35,608$54,210

(1)Loans with the option for the borrower to extend through repricing into an adjustable-rate loan are included within the Adjustable column during their initial fixed rate period.

Multi-Family Loans

The multi-family loan portfolio was $34.1 billion at December 31, 2024, down slightly compared to $37.3 billion at December 31, 2023, reflective of our continuing efforts to strategically encourage loan payoffs which has reduced the concentration of this portfolio.

The majority of our multi-family loans are non-recourse and are secured by rental apartment buildings. At December 31, 2024, $19.2 billion or 56 percent of the Company’s total multi-family loan portfolio was secured by properties in New York State, many of which are subject to rent regulation laws to varying degrees. The New York Housing Stability and Tenant Protection Act of 2019 significantly limits the ability to increase rents on regulated apartments upon vacancy. These limitations may reduce a borrower’s ability to generate additional revenues on those units to offset higher operating expenses due to inflation and the current interest rate environment. This could result in lower net operating income and could impact a borrower’s ability to satisfy repayment obligations during the term of the loan. In addition, the level of income generated by the property may be insufficient to qualify for refinancing at maturity. The impact on current and future cash flows has adversely impacted the value of properties with a high concentration of rent regulated units which has increased charge-offs in 2024.

To mitigate our exposure to rent regulated properties, we are curtailing future originations of loans secured by rent-regulated properties. We are no longer utilizing mortgage brokers to refer loan origination opportunities to us. We are focusing originations and renewal retention on borrowers with whom we will have broader customer relationships beyond lending. Property values in this loan sector have decreased substantially since origination due to unfavorable market conditions. The appraised value used in our loan-to-value ratio is determined using an income approach to estimate the stabilized value of the collateral by applying a market driven capitalization rate to the stabilized cash flow of the property.

54

Historically, our multi-family loans may have contained an initial interest-only period; however, they were underwritten on a fully amortizing basis, including calculation of the debt service coverage ratio. Whether a borrower qualified for an interest-only period was based on the individual credit profile of the borrower, particularly the loan-to-value of the property. Our multi-family loan portfolio had $12.7 billion outstanding with interest-only payments at December 31, 2024. The weighted average interest-only period remaining was 19.5 months as of December 31, 2024, with approximately 52 percent of these loans entering their amortization period by the end of 2025.

We continue to monitor our loans held for investment portfolio and the related allowance for credit losses, particularly, given the economic pressures facing the commercial real estate and multi-family markets. Although occupancy levels have historically tended to be stable due to below market rents, rent-regulated loans that are repricing are incurring debt service levels that, when combined with inflationary pressure on operating costs and limits on the ability to increase rental rates, approach or exceed some properties’ net operating income and may require the borrower to support the loan from sources unrelated to the collateral until elevated interest rates subside.

The following table presents a geographical analysis of the multi-family loans in our held for investment loan portfolio:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
(in millions)AmountPercent of TotalAmountPercent of Total
New York City:
Manhattan$6,24618%$6,89318%
Brooklyn5,37516%5,84016%
Bronx3,27210%3,61910%
Queens2,5267%2,8318%
Staten Island98%133%
Total New York City$17,51751%$19,31652%
New Jersey4,50913%5,06414%
Long Island4841%5091%
Total Metro New York$22,51066%$24,88967%
Other New York State1,1883%1,2333%
Pennsylvania3,37510%3,68210%
Florida1,5555%1,6815%
Ohio1,0073%1,0853%
All other states4,45813%4,69513%
Total$34,093100%$37,265100%

Commercial Real Estate

At December 31, 2024, commercial real estate loans represented $8.7 billion, or 13 percent, of total loans held for investment, reflecting a $1.8 billion decrease when compared to $10.5 billion at December 31, 2023, primarily due to payoffs, as well as charge-offs and loan sales. We also are continuing our efforts to strategically reduce the concentration of this portfolio.

Certain of our commercial real estate loans may contain an interest-only period which typically does not exceed three years; however, these loans are underwritten on a fully amortizing basis, including calculation of the debt service coverage ratio. Whether a borrower qualifies for an interest-only period is based on the individual credit profile of the borrower, particularly the loan-to-value of the property.

Substantially all commercial real estate loans we originate are non-recourse and are secured by income-producing properties such as office buildings, retail centers, mixed-use buildings, and multi-tenanted light industrial properties. Occupancy levels for office space have declined substantially over the past three years which has had an impact on borrowers' net operating income and their ability to cover debt service. These unfavorable market conditions also lower the value of underlying collateral which has had a material impact on loan charge-offs in 2024.

55

The following table presents an analysis of the property types that collateralize the commercial real estate loans in our held for investment loan portfolio:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
(dollars in billions)AmountPercent of TotalAmountPercent of Total
Office non-owner occupied$2,27126%$3,24331%
Retail (includes owner and non-owner occupied)1,93422%2,23421%
Industrial2,93934%2,99529%
Other1,54118%1,99819%
Total$8,685100%$10,470100%

The following table presents a geographical analysis of the commercial real estate loans in our held for investment loan portfolio:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
(in millions)AmountPercent of TotalAmountPercent of Total
New York$4,15648%$5,31951%
Michigan8009%1,00010%
New Jersey5807%5806%
California4625%4574%
Florida3814%1051%
Pennsylvania2923%3744%
All other states2,01423%2,63524%
Total$8,685100%$10,470100%

Acquisition, Development and Construction Loans

At December 31, 2024, our ADC loans represented $3.2 billion, or 4.6 percent of total loans held for investment, reflecting an increase of $239 million compared to December 31, 2023. Because ADC loans are generally considered to have a higher degree of credit risk, especially during a downturn in the credit cycle, borrowers are required to provide a guarantee of repayment and completion. The risk of loss on an ADC loan is largely dependent upon the accuracy of the initial appraisal of the property’s value upon completion of construction; the developer’s experience; the estimated cost of construction, including interest; and the estimated time to complete and/or sell or lease such property. When applicable, as a condition to closing an ADC loan, it is our practice to require that properties meet pre-sale or pre-lease requirements prior to funding.

Commercial and Industrial Loans

At December 31, 2024, our commercial and industrial loans represented $15.4 billion, or 19.4 percent of total loans held for investment, reflecting a decrease of $9.9 billion compared to December 31, 2023. The decrease in commercial and industrial loans for the year ended December 31, 2024 was due to the sale of our mortgage warehouse business, which at December 31, 2023, was $5.1 billion in loans, as well as a reduction in focus on certain non-core and indirect client segments. The commercial and industrial loans we produce are primarily made to small, mid-size, and larger corporate operating businesses and finance companies across a diverse set of industries. Such loans are tailored to meet the specific needs of our borrowers, and include term loans, demand loans, and revolving lines of credit.

A broad range of commercial and industrial loans, both collateralized and unsecured, are made available to businesses for working capital (including inventory and accounts receivable), business expansion, the purchase of machinery and equipment, and other general corporate needs. In determining the term and structure of commercial and industrial loans, several factors are considered, including the purpose, the collateral, and the anticipated sources of repayment. Commercial and industrial loans are often secured by business assets and personal guarantees of the borrower and include financial covenants to monitor the borrower’s financial stability. We have begun to add experienced commercial, corporate and specialized industries banking professionals and credit underwriting and portfolio management personnel which will impact our noninterest expense as we continue to strategically diversify our loan portfolio to shift from multi-family loans to other portfolios, most notably commercial and industrial.

56

Included in our commercial and industrial portfolio at December 31, 2024, specialty finance loans and leases totaled $3.9 billion, or 5.7 percent of total loans held for investment, down $1.3 billion or 26 percent compared to December 31, 2023. The decrease in specialty finance loans was due to our decision to run off certain non-core loans totaling $2.4 billion partially offset by originations.

These loans are generally made to large corporate obligors, many of which are publicly traded, carry investment grade or near-investment grade ratings, and participate in stable industries nationwide.

The specialty finance loans and leases we fund fall into three categories: asset-based loans, dealer floor-plan lending and equipment loan and lease financing. Each of these credits is secured with a perfected first security interest in, or outright ownership of, the underlying collateral, and structured as senior debt or as a non-cancelable lease. As of December 31, 2024, 85 percent of specialty finance loan commitments are structured as floating rate obligations.

As of December 31, 2024, the Company originated $3.6 billion of specialty finance loans and leases, representing 42 percent of total originations compared to $7.3 billion for the same period in 2023, representing 35 percent of total originations.

One-to-Four Family Loans

One-to-four family loans were $5.2 billion and $6.1 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023 respectively. This includes $378 million of loans with government guarantees, or 7.6 percent of total loans held for investment at December 31, 2024, compared to $541 million at December 31, 2023. One-to-four family loans include various types of conforming and non-conforming fixed and adjustable-rate loans underwritten using Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines for the purpose of purchasing or refinancing owner occupied and second home properties. The loan-to-value requirements on our residential first mortgage loans vary depending on occupancy, property type, loan amount, and FICO scores. Loans with loan-to-value ratios exceeding 80 percent are required to obtain mortgage insurance. As of December 31, 2024, excluding loans with government guarantees, loans in this portfolio had an average current FICO score of 743 and an average loan-to-value ratio of 50 percent.

Substantially all loans with government guarantees are insured or guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration or the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. Nonperforming repurchased loans in this portfolio earn interest at a rate based upon the 10-year U.S. Treasury note rate from the time the underlying loan becomes 60 days delinquent until the loan is conveyed to the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (if foreclosure timelines are met), which is not paid by the Federal Housing Administration until claimed.

On October 31, 2024, the Bank completed the sale of third-party loan origination and servicing platforms and the majority of our mortgage servicing right assets. Prior to this transaction, the Bank originated government guaranteed loans which were pooled and sold as Ginnie Mae mortgage-backed securities. Pursuant to Ginnie Mae servicing guidelines, the Bank had the unilateral right to repurchase loans securitized in Ginnie Mae pools that were due, but unpaid, for three consecutive months. As a result, once the delinquency criteria had been met, and regardless of whether the repurchase option had been exercised, we accounted for the loans as if they had been repurchased. As a result of the sale, we no longer originate one-to-four family loans for sale to Ginnie Mae, nor do we service loans owned by investors in Ginnie Mae mortgage-backed securities. Therefore, no such repurchase rights assets or liabilities were recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Condition at December 31, 2024, compared to $456 million at December 31, 2023.

Other Loans

At December 31, 2024, other loans totaled $1.8 billion and consisted primarily of home equity lines of credit and other consumer loans, including overdraft loans.

Our home equity portfolio includes home equity loans, second mortgage loans, and home equity line of credits. As of December 31, 2024, loans in this portfolio had an average current FICO score of 751.

57

Assets Held for Sale

Loans held for sale at December 31, 2024 totaled $899 million, a decrease of $283 million compared to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2023. We classify loans as held for sale when we originate or purchase loans that we intend to sell and when we change our intent with regard to loans originated as held for investment. Our one-to-four family mortgage loans held for sale are carried at fair value. Other loans held for sale are carried at the lower of amortized cost or market. These loans are typically recorded based on recent appraisals less estimated disposal costs. We estimate the fair value of mortgage loans based on quoted market prices for securities backed by similar types of loans, where available, or by discounting estimated cash flows using observable inputs inclusive of interest rates, prepayment speeds and loss assumptions for similar collateral.

At December 31, 2024, we had mortgage servicing rights with a fair value of $26 million held for sale. We currently expect to sell those mortgage servicing rights in the first quarter 2025 at a price consistent with the recorded value at December 31, 2024, and have classified these assets as held for sale.

Asset Quality Measures

The following table presents the Company's asset quality measures at the respective dates:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
Non-accrual loans to total loans held for investment3.83%0.51%
Non-performing assets to total assets2.620.39
Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases to non-accrual loans45.93231.51
Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases to total loans held for investment1.761.17

All asset quality information excludes loans with government guarantees that are insured by U.S. government agencies.

58

Non-Accrual Loans

The following table presents our non-accrual loans held for investment by loan type and the changes in the respective balances:

Change from
December 31, 2023
to
Year Ended December 31,December 31, 2024
(in millions)20242023Amount
Multi-family$1,755$138$1,617
Commercial real estate546128418
One-to-four family first mortgage7095(25)
Acquisition, development, and construction18216
Commercial and industrial20243159
Other non-accrual loans (1)24222
Total non-accrual loans$2,615$428$2,187
Repossessed assets1414
Total non-performing assets$2,629$442$2,187

(1)Includes home equity, consumer and other loans.

(2)Excludes $323 million of non-accrual held for sale loans.

The year-over-year increase was the result of higher non-accrual multi-family and commercial real estate. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we received updated financial information from borrowers for substantially all of the commercial real estate and multi-family portfolio. Additionally, a substantial number of appraisals on loans exhibiting credit weakness were received, which resulted in an increase in non-accrual loans from December 31, 2023. Approximately 56 percent of our non-accrual loans are current on their contractual payment terms. In determining whether to place a loan on non-accrual we have considered whether a borrower will be able to service its debt based on projections of current collateral and net operating income. Where current net operating income results in a debt service ratio below 1.0 or proforma debt service of .80 for loans re-pricing or maturing in the next 18 months and the loan to value is greater than 90%, we evaluate the loan for non-accrual status. Updated financial information from borrowers and appraisals received have led to an increase in non-accrual loans in 2024.

The following table sets forth the changes in non-accrual loans for the year ended 2024:

(in millions)
Balance at December 31, 2023$428
New non-accrual3,574
Charge-offs(256)
Transferred to repossessed assets(513)
Loan payoffs, including dispositions and principal pay-downs(542)
Restored to performing status(76)
Balance at December 31, 2024$2,615

At December 31, 2024, non-performing assets to total assets equaled 2.62 percent compared to 0.39 percent at December 31, 2023, and non-accrual loans to total loans equaled 3.83 percent compared to 0.51 percent at December 31, 2023. The increase in non-accrual loans was primarily driven by a $1.6 billion increase in multi-family loans and a $418 million in commercial real estate loans, primarily in the office sector. Repossessed assets of $14 million remained unchanged from prior year.

59

Delinquencies

The following table presents our loans, 30 to 89 days past due by loan type and the changes in the respective balances:

December 31, 2024
compared to
Year Ended December 31,December 31, 2023
(in millions)20242023Amount
Loans 30 to 89 Days Past Due:
Multi-family$749$121$628
Commercial real estate652837
One-to-four family first mortgage2540(15)
Acquisition, development, and construction523
Commercial and industrial1103773
Other loans1122(11)
Total loans 30-89 days past due$965$250$715

Over $494 million of the loans categorized as 30 to 89 days past due at December 31, 2024, became current with payments made in January 2025.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The following table sets forth the allocation of the consolidated allowance for credit losses on loans and leases at each period-end:

Year Ended December 31,
202420232022
(dollars in millions)Allowance for credit lossesAllowance as a percent of loans in each portfolioLoans in each portfolio as a percent of total loansAllowance for credit lossesAllowance as a percent of loans in each portfolioLoans in each portfolio as a percent of total loansAllowance for credit lossesAllowance as a percent of loans in each portfolioLoans in each portfolio as a percent of total loans
Multi-family loans$6391.87%49.9%$3070.82%44.0%$1780.47%55.3%
Commercial real estate loans2602.9912.73663.5012.4460.5412.4
One-to-four family first mortgage loans390.757.6480.797.2460.798.4
Acquisition, development, and construction loans441.404.6361.243.4201.002.8
Commercial and industrial1510.9822.51320.5229.9
Other loans683.852.61033.883.11034.5721.1
Total loans$1,2011.76%100.0%$9921.17%100.0%$3930.57%100.0%

The allowance for credit losses on loans and leases increased $209 million from December 31, 2023 to December 31, 2024. Market interest rates remain persistently high which will put pressure on the ability for certain borrowers with interest rates resetting at current levels to cover debt service. When combined with inflationary pressure on operating costs and limits on the ability to increase rental rates, debt service levels may approach or exceed some properties' net operating income, which increases the risk of loss. We believe that higher interest rates for a longer period of time will have a more significant impact on our loans that will reprice during the next 18 months. Therefore, we have incorporated a higher probability of default related to those loans as they approach their scheduled repricing date in the measurement of our allowance for credit losses.

Our allowance for credit losses is determined based on quantitative modeling that incorporates various economic forecast scenarios. The key inputs to our quantitative allowance for credit losses models include borrowers' projected debt service based on the most recent financial information available and underlying collateral property values. Property values are particularly meaningful for our multi-family and commercial real estate portfolios. Our models consider the entire life of the loan, including both the interest only period of the loan, if applicable, and the amortization period, to assess the probability of default and the

60

loss given default. For our multi-family portfolio, we obtain and utilize current and projected geography-specific market information in our forecasts. In estimating the qualitative component of our allowance for credit losses, we have adjusted key inputs used by the model on an average basis for certain loans, most notably net operating income and property values to reflect weaknesses in the underlying data, including the recency of appraisal values, and the lack of significant loss history in available data, particularly for rent-regulated multi-family loans. We have also considered our recent appraisal experience and the valuation risk present in loans with outstanding appraisals in estimating the qualitative component of our allowance for credit losses.

The allowance for credit losses on loans and leases to total loans held for investment ratio increased to 1.76 percent at December 31, 2024, compared to 1.17 percent at December 31, 2023. Excluding loans with government guarantees and warehouse loans, the allowance for credit losses was 1.77 percent at December 31, 2024, compared to 1.26 percent at December 31, 2023.

Charge-offs

For the year ended 2024, our gross charge-offs were $938 million and net charge-offs were $892 million, compared to gross charge-offs of $223 million and net charge-offs of $208 million over the same period in 2023.

The following table presents information on the Company's net charge-offs:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
(in millions)
Charge-offs:
Multi-family$308$119
Commercial real estate46256
One-to-four family residential84
Acquisition, development and construction4
Commercial and industrial13630
Other2014
Total charge-offs$938$223
Recoveries:
Multi-family$(5)$
Commercial real estate(8)
One-to-four family residential(5)
Commercial and industrial(21)(11)
Other(7)(4)
Total recoveries$(46)$(15)
Net charge-offs (recoveries)$892$208

61

The following table presents information on the Company's net charge-offs as compared to average loans held for investment outstanding:

Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)202420232022
Multi-family
Net charge-offs during the period$303$119$1
Average amount outstanding$36,064$37,839$36,292
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans0.84%0.31%%
Commercial real estate
Net charge-offs during the period$454$56$
Average amount outstanding$9,919$9,905$6,964
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans4.58%0.57%%
One-to-Four Family first mortgage
Net charge-offs during the period$3$4$
Average amount outstanding$5,740$5,907$516
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans0.05%0.06%%
Acquisition, Development and Construction
Net charge-offs during the period$4$$
Average amount outstanding$3,230$2,530$203
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans0.12%%%
Commercial and Industrial Loans
Net charge-offs during the period$115$19$(7)
Average amount outstanding$19,753$21,460$
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans0.58%0.09%%
Other Loans
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period$13$10$(5)
Average amount outstanding$1,902$2,552$5,401
Net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans0.68%0.38%(0.09)%
Total loans held for investment
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period$892$208$(4)
Average amount outstanding$76,608$80,193$49,376
Net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans1.16%0.26%-0.01%

Securities

Total securities were $10.4 billion, or 10 percent, of total assets at December 31, 2024, compared to $9.2 billion, or 8 percent of total assets at December 31, 2023. At December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, all of our securities were designated as “Available-for-Sale”. At December 31, 2024, 26 percent of our portfolio are floating rate securities.

As of December 31, 2024, the net unrealized loss on securities available for sale, net of tax, was $653 million as compared to $581 million at December 31, 2023, reflecting changes in market interest rates.

At December 31, 2024, available-for-sale securities had an estimated weighted average life of six years. Included in the year-end amount were mortgage-related securities of $8.6 billion and other debt securities of $1.8 billion.

At the prior year-end, available-for-sale securities were $9.2 billion, and had an estimated weighted average life of six years. Mortgage-related securities accounted for $6.6 billion of the year-end balance, with other debt securities accounting for the remaining $2.6 billion.

62

The following table summarizes the weighted average yields of debt securities for the maturities indicated at December 31, 2024:

Mortgage- Related SecuritiesU.S. Government and GSE ObligationsState, County, and MunicipalOtherDebtSecurities (2)
Available-for-Sale Debt Securities: (1)
Due within one year3.51%%%3.40%
Due from one to five years3.023.164.79
Due from five to ten years2.511.615.48
Due after ten years4.445.95
Total debt securities available for sale4.351.613.165.28

(1)The weighted average yields are calculated by multiplying each carrying value by its yield and dividing the sum of these results by the total carrying values and are not presented on a tax-equivalent basis.

(2)Includes corporate bonds, capital trust notes, foreign notes, and asset-backed securities.

Deposits

We compete for deposits and customers through multiple channels, including our retail branch network, our private banking business and mobile and internet banking applications, Our ability to retain and attract deposits depends on numerous factors, including customer satisfaction, the rates of interest we pay, the types of products we offer, and the attractiveness of their terms. The majority of our deposits are retail in nature (i.e., they are deposits we have gathered through our branches or retail deposits acquired through business combinations); however, we also utilize brokered deposits depending on their availability and pricing relative to other funding sources.

Total deposits at December 31, 2024 were $75.9 billion, a decrease of $5.7 billion or 7 percent on a year-to-date basis. Non-interest-bearing deposits decreased $7.0 billion or 34 percent on a year-to-date basis to $13.5 billion.

The following table sets forth the weighted average interest rates for each type of deposit:

December 31,
20242023
(dollars in millions)AmountPercent of TotalWeighted Average Interest RateAmountPercent of TotalWeighted Average Interest Rate
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts$20,78027.40%2.89%$30,70037.66%3.51%
Savings accounts14,28218.82%3.22%8,77310.76%2.67%
Certificates of deposit27,32436.01%4.75%21,55426.44%4.42%
Non-interest-bearing accounts13,48417.77%%20,49925.14%%
Total deposits$75,870100.00%3.12%$81,526100.00%2.79%

From December 31, 2023 to March 7, 2024, we experienced $9.7 billion in core deposit attrition following the credit rating agency downgrades of our Company's credit and deposit ratings in February and March 2024. On March 6, 2024, we announced a $1.05 billion capital raise, after which deposits stabilized. Subsequently, we offset the decline in deposits primarily through brokered certificates of deposits, targeted deposit-gathering programs and customer engagement, which partially offset the March 2024 decline.

The following table presents the composition of the Company's brokered deposits for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
Brokered money market accounts$137$1,258
Brokered interest-bearing checking accounts represented5771,599
Brokered certificates of deposit9,5106,605
Total brokered deposits (1)$10,224$9,462

(1) Excludes reciprocal deposits.

63

The following table indicates the amount of time deposits, by account, that are in excess of $250,000 per depositor by time remaining until maturity:

Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)20242023
3 months or less$3,530$1,675
Over 3 months through 6 months2,6371,623
Over 6 months through 12 months4,3292,325
Over 12 months2,0992,271
Total time deposits in excess of $250,000 per depositor (1)$12,595$7,894

(1)Includes brokered certificate of deposit accounts of $9.7 billion and $6.2 billion at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively, each of which includes all funds gathered from a single issuance. While each brokered certificate of deposit account has balances in excess of $250,000, the funds are fully insured by the FDIC as each of the ultimate owners of the funds maintain balances below FDIC insurance limits.

The following table indicates the amount of custodial deposits by source:

Year Ended December 31,
(in billions)20242023
Custodial deposits from owned servicing$$0.7
Custodial deposits from subservicing relationships0.92.2
Non-servicing custodial deposits3.73.7
Total Custodial Deposits$4.6$6.6

Uninsured Deposits

We manage our liquidity to ensure that our cash flows are sufficient to support our operations and to compensate for any temporary mismatches between sources and uses of funds caused by variable loan and deposit demand. At December 31, 2024, we had total liquidity of $29.9 billion, which exceeded the balance of our uninsured deposits by $13.8 billion as of that date. Our uninsured deposits are the portion of deposit accounts that exceed the FDIC insurance limit (currently $250,000). These amounts were estimated based on the same methodologies and assumptions used for regulatory reporting purposes and exclude internal accounts.

At December 31, 2024, our deposit base includes $16.1 billion of uninsured deposits. Uninsured deposits decreased following our earnings announcement in January 2024 and subsequent credit rating agency downgrades of our credit ratings in February and March 2024. Our customer deposits stabilized following the announcement of the $1.05 billion capital raise in March 2024 and subsequently increased in the second and third quarters 2024.

Borrowed Funds

The following table summarizes the Company’s borrowed funds at each period end:

December 31,
(in millions)20242023
Wholesale borrowings:
FHLB advances$13,400$19,250
Federal Reserve Bank term funding1,000
Total wholesale borrowings$13,400$20,250
Junior subordinated debentures582579
Subordinated notes444438
Total borrowed funds$14,426$21,267

Wholesale borrowings totaled $13.4 billion and $20.3 billion at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2023, we had $1.0 billion of FRB term funding which was repaid in 2024. At December 31, 2024, total borrowed funds decreased $6.8 billion to $14.4 billion compared to the balance at December 31, 2023.

64

FHLB advances decreased to $13.4 billion at December 31, 2024 from $19.3 billion at December 31, 2023. FHLB advances include straight fixed-rate advances, floating rate advances and advances under the FHLB convertible advance program, which gives the FHLB the option of either calling the advance after an initial lock-out period of up to five years and quarterly thereafter until maturity, or a one-time call at the initial call date. FHLB advances are secured by eligible collateral in the form of loans and securities, under blanket collateral agreements with the FHLB. As of December 31, 2024, $250 million of our wholesale borrowings had callable features and $2 billion had callable features at December 31, 2023. We repaid FHLB advances during the year and reclassified approximately $28 million to interest expense from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss related to previously terminated hedges of forecasted cash flows associated with certain repaid advances.

We had $1.0 billion drawn under the Bank Term Funding Program in 2023 that was scheduled to mature in December 2024 and was repaid in October 2024.

See Note 12 - Borrowed Funds, in Item 1, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for a further discussion of our wholesale borrowings, our junior subordinated debentures and subordinated debt.

Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

At December 31, 2024, the Company had $598 million and $329 million of FHLB-NY stock, at cost, and FHLB-Indianapolis stock, at cost, respectively. At December 31, 2023, the Company had $861 million and $328 million of FHLB-NY stock, at cost and FHLB-Indianapolis stock, at cost, respectively. The Company maintains an investment in FHLB-NY stock and, as a result of the Flagstar acquisition, FHLB-Indianapolis stock, partly in conjunction with its membership in the FHLB and partly related to its access to the FHLB funding it utilizes. In addition, the Company had Federal Reserve Bank stock, at cost, of $219 million and $203 million at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.

Goodwill

We recorded goodwill in our consolidated statements of condition in connection with our historical business combinations. Goodwill is the difference between the purchases price and the fair value of the acquired company's assets, net of the liabilities assumed. Goodwill was tested at least annually for impairment. The Company’s 2023 assessment concluded that goodwill from historical transactions (2007 and prior) was fully impaired as of December 31, 2023. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment charge of the entire goodwill balance of $2.4 billion. The Company has no goodwill at December 31, 2024.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance (BOLI)

Bank-owned life insurance is recorded at the total cash surrender value of the policies in the Consolidated Statements of Condition, and the income generated by the increase in the cash surrender value of the policies is recorded in Bank-owned life insurance on the Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income. Reflecting an increase in the cash surrender value of the underlying policies, our investment in BOLI at December 31, 2024 rose $25 million to $1.6 billion compared to December 31, 2023.

Premises and Equipment and Other Assets

In December 2024, management approved the closure of certain private banking locations and retail branches which was a triggering event for potential impairment. We determined the assets were not fully recoverable, determined the fair value and recorded an associated impairment of $46 million during the quarter. Additionally, the Troy and Cleveland operational centers were classified as held for sale during the quarter and recorded at fair value, resulting in a $31 million impairment expense.

65

Risk Governance Framework

The Risk Management Division is responsible for formalizing the Company’s Risk Appetite Statement, which reflects the Board's and Management’s tolerance for risks and is set in alignment with the budget, strategic and capital plans. Internal controls and ongoing monitoring processes capture and address heightened risks that threaten the Company’s ability to achieve the Company’s goals and objectives, including the recognition of safety and soundness concerns and consumer protection. Additionally, key risk indicators are monitored against established risk warning levels and limits, as well as elevated risks escalated to the Chief Risk Officer.

To comprehensively manage our risk exposure, we focus on several critical areas outlined below, Credit Risk, Liquidity Risk, Interest Rate Risk and Regulatory Capital.

Credit Risk

It is our practice to continually review the risk in our loan portfolio. The Company receives financial information from borrowers annually and in some cases more frequently. We most often receive updated borrower financial information in the second calendar quarter. Upon receipt of the borrower financial information, we perform an analysis to determine whether the cash flow from the underlying collateral is sufficient to meet the contractual loan payments, commonly referred to as the debt service coverage ratio. We consider the ability to cover debt service based upon the current contractual rate or, when a borrower’s initial fixed rate period expires in the near future, the lowest contractual rate reset option available under the loan terms using the current level for referenced indices. Loans that do not have a debt service coverage ratio of 1.0 or greater are evaluated for a potential downgrade to substandard or non-accrual risk rating. All substandard loans, including non-accrual loans, are appraised at the time of downgrade and are re-appraised annually. Based upon this appraisal the loan is evaluated to determine if an adjustment to the carrying amount is required. The largest substandard and non-accrual loans are reported and reviewed with the Risk Assessment Committee at least quarterly.

During the year ended December 31, 2024, $3.0 billion of multi-family loans reached their repricing date. Over 90 percent of the loans that repriced during 2024 are current on their contractual payments or paid off during the year.

Classified loans increased $6.8 billion to $11.5 billion during the year ended December 31, 2024, from $4.7 billion at December 31, 2023. These downgrades were principally related to loans with upcoming maturities or repricing where the estimated net operating income of the property would not be sufficient to fully cover pro-forma debt service when applying current market rates and terms. Classified loans reflect the potential that a loss may occur if deficiencies in the primary source of repayment are unable to be corrected and borrowers are unwilling or unable to otherwise support the loans. Refer to Note 6 in Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" for additional details.

The procedures we follow with respect to delinquent loans are generally consistent across all categories, with late charges assessed, and notices mailed to the borrower, at specified dates. We attempt to reach the borrower by telephone to ascertain the reasons for delinquency and the prospects for repayment. When contact is made with a borrower at any time prior to foreclosure or recovery against collateral property, we attempt to obtain full payment and will consider a repayment schedule to avoid taking such action. Delinquencies are addressed by our Loan Workout Unit and every effort is made to collect rather than initiate foreclosure proceedings.

A loan generally is classified as a non-accrual loan when it is 90 days or more past due or when it is deemed to be impaired because there is significant uncertainty about whether we will be able to collect all principal and interest amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. When a loan is in non-accrual, we cease recording interest income on the loan, previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against interest income, and any subsequent interest collected is recorded as a reduction in the loan carrying amount. A loan is returned to accrual status only when the loan is current (minimum of six months of payment performance), and we have reasonable assurance that all contractual principal and interest related to the loan will be fully collectible. At December 31, 2024, $1.5 billion, or approximately 56 percent, of non-accrual loans were current based on their existing payment terms.

In accordance with our charge-off policy, collateral-dependent loans are written down to their current appraised values less costs to sell. Workout specialists from our Loan Workout Unit actively pursue borrowers who are delinquent in repaying their loans in an effort to collect payment. In addition, outside counsel with experience in foreclosure proceedings are retained to support these efforts. Charge-offs of $770 million were recorded on commercial real estate and multi-family loans during the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily driven by appraisals received on those loans.

66

It is our policy to order updated appraisals for all substandard and non-accrual loans that are collateralized by multi-family buildings, commercial real estate properties, or land, if the most recent appraisal on file for the property is more than one year old. Appraisals are ordered at least annually until such time as the loan becomes pass rated. It is not our policy to obtain updated appraisals for performing loans that are not showing signs of credit weakness. However, appraisals may be ordered for performing loans when a borrower requests an increase in the loan amount, a modification in loan terms, or an extension of a maturing loan, or when we determine an updated appraisal is needed as a result of our ongoing credit analysis. We evaluate loans that were previously placed on non-accrual at least quarterly to determine if additional charge-offs may be needed.

Properties and other assets that are acquired through foreclosure are classified as repossessed assets and are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition, less the estimated cost of selling the property. Subsequent declines in the fair value of the assets are charged to earnings and are included in non-interest expense. It is our policy to require an appraisal, and an environmental assessment of properties classified as other real estate owned before foreclosure and to re-appraise the properties at least annually until they are sold. We dispose of such properties as quickly and prudently as possible, given current market conditions and the property’s condition.

Liquidity Risk

We manage our liquidity to ensure that our cash flows are sufficient to support our operations, and to protect against temporary mismatches between sources and uses of funds caused by variable loan and deposit demand.

On a consolidated basis, our funding primarily stems from a combination of the following sources: retail, institutional, and brokered deposits; borrowed funds, primarily in the form of wholesale borrowings; cash flows generated through the repayment and sale of loans; and cash flows generated through the repayment and sale of securities.

Bank Liquidity and Sources of Funding

We monitor our liquidity daily, and reporting to management and the Board occurs more frequently during times of stress. Our most liquid assets are cash, cash equivalents, and high-quality liquid assets are classified as available-for-sale. Additional liquidity stems from deposits, wholesale funding sources (including wholesale borrowings and brokered deposits) and approved lines of credit with various counterparties including the FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) Discount Window. These funding sources depend on the amount of residential and commercial mortgage loan collateral and securities available to pledge. The Bank also has agreements with the Federal Reserve Bank to access the discount window for pledging certain loans and securities as collateral.

The following table summarizes our total liquidity from on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet funding sources:

Year Ended December 31,
(in billions)20242023
Cash at Federal Reserve$15.0$11.5
High-quality Liquid Assets7.96.3
Total On-Balance Sheet Liquidity$22.9$17.8
FHLB Available Capacity6.68.4
Discount Window Available Capacity0.41.7
Total Liquidity$29.9$27.9

At December 31, 2024, our total liquidity (cash and cash equivalents, high-quality liquid assets and borrowing capacity), was $29.9 billion. The $5.1 billion increase in on-balance sheet liquidity was driven by actions to increase our liquidity levels. Our FHLB available capacity has been expanded from overnight funding to 6-month tenor on new and rollover of existing advances.

67

Credit Ratings

We maintain credit ratings from three rating agencies: Moody’s, Fitch and Morningstar DBRS. As of each of the dates indicated, our credit ratings were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
Long-Term Issuer Rating:
Moody'sB2Baa3
FitchBBBBB
Morningstar DBRSBBB (low)BBB (high)
Short-Term Deposits Rating:
Moody'sNPP-2

The primary mortgage loan agencies maintain standards that define the criteria that must be met for an institution to qualify as an eligible custodial depository for the deposits related to loans owned by those entities, including have an investment grade short-term issuer/deposit rating from Moody’s or S&P. We are currently not in compliance with that criteria. We have received a waiver of these criteria for all of our custodial deposits which could be revoked at any of the agencies' discretion. We have no other direct contractual relationships tied to further downgrades in our credit ratings but may suffer reputational risk that could have an adverse effect on our business should that occur.

Parent Company Liquidity

The Parent Company is a separate legal entity from the Bank and must provide for its own liquidity. At December 31, 2024, the Parent Company held cash and cash equivalents of $579 million, adjusted for operational expense, debt interest expense, and tax expense/credits. In addition to operating expenses, the Parent Company is responsible for paying any dividends declared to our common and preferred stockholders. As a Delaware corporation, the Parent Company is able to pay dividends either from surplus or, in case there is no surplus, from net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.

The Parent Company has two primary funding sources for the payment of dividends, share repurchases, and other corporate uses: dividends paid to the Parent Company by the Bank; and capital raised through the issuance of equity.

Various legal restrictions limit the extent to which the Company’s subsidiary bank can supply funds to the Parent Company and its non-bank subsidiaries. The term “net profits” is defined as net income for a given period less any dividends paid during that period. In connection with regulatory approval from the OCC for the Signature Transaction, the Bank has committed that (i) for a period of two years from the date of the Signature Transaction, it will not declare or pay any dividend without receiving a prior written determination of no supervisory objection from the OCC and (ii) it will not declare or pay dividends on the amount of retained earnings that represents any net bargain purchase gain that is subject to a conditional period that may be imposed by the OCC. In 2024, dividends of $67 million were paid by the Bank to the Parent Company.

At December 31, 2024, we believe the Company has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet its cash flow obligations through 2028.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

In the normal course of business, we enter into a variety of contractual obligations in order to manage our assets and liabilities, fund loan growth, operate our branch network, and address our capital needs.

For example, we offer certificates of deposit with contractual terms to our customers and borrow funds under contract from the FHLB. These contractual obligations are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Condition under “Deposits” and “Borrowed funds,” respectively. At December 31, 2024, we had certificates of deposit of $27.3 billion and long-term debt (defined as borrowed funds with an original maturity one year or more) of $11.7 billion.

We also are obligated under certain non-cancelable operating leases on the buildings and land we use in operating our branch network and in performing our back-office responsibilities. These obligations are included in the Consolidated

68

Statements of Condition in other liabilities and totaled $463 million at December 31, 2024, an increase of $17 million compared to $446 million at December 31, 2023.

At December 31, 2024, we also had commitments to extend credit in the form of mortgage and other loan originations, as well as commercial, performance stand-by and financial stand-by letters of credit. These commitments consist of agreements to extend credit as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract under which the loan is made. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee. The fees we collect in connection with the issuance of letters of credit are included in “Fee income” in the Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income.

Based upon our December 31, 2024 cash and cash equivalent balance of $15.4 billion and our total liquidity position of $29.9 billion, we expect that our funding will be sufficient to fulfill these cash obligations and commitments when they are due both in the short term and long term.

For the year ended 2024, we did not engage in any off-balance sheet transactions that we expect to have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

At December 31, 2024, we had no commitments to purchase securities.

Interest Rate Risk

We manage our assets and liabilities to reduce our exposure to changes in market interest rates. The asset and liability management process has three primary objectives: to evaluate the interest rate risk inherent in certain balance sheet accounts; to determine the appropriate level of risk, given our business strategy, operating environment, capital and liquidity requirements, and performance objectives; and to manage that risk in a manner consistent with guidelines approved by the Boards of Directors of the Company and the Bank.

As a financial institution, we are focused on reducing our exposure to interest rate volatility, which represents our primary market risk. Changes in market interest rates represent the greatest challenge to our financial performance, as such changes can have a significant impact on the level of income and expense recorded on a large portion of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and on the market value of all interest-earning assets, other than those possessing a short term to maturity. To reduce our exposure to changing rates, the Board of Directors and management monitor interest rate sensitivity on a regular or as needed basis so that adjustments to the asset and liability mix can be made when deemed appropriate.

The actual duration of held for investment mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities can be significantly impacted by changes in prepayment levels and market interest rates. The level of prepayments may, in turn, be impacted by a variety of factors, including the economy in the region where the underlying mortgages were originated; seasonal factors; demographic variables; and the assumability of the underlying mortgages. However, the factors with the most significant impact on prepayments are market interest rates and the availability of refinancing opportunities.

Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis

Interest rate sensitivity is monitored through the use of a model that generates estimates of the change in our Economic Value of Equity ("EVE") over a range of interest rate scenarios. EVE is defined as the net present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet contracts. The EVE ratio, under any interest rate scenario, is defined as the EVE in that scenario divided by the market value of assets in the same scenario. The model assumes estimated loan and mortgage-backed securities prepayment rates, current market value spreads, and deposit decay rates and betas.

Based on the information and assumptions in effect at December 31, 2024, the following table sets forth our EVE, assuming the changes in interest rates noted:

Change in Interest Rates (in basis points)Estimated Percentage Change in Economic Value of Equity
-200 shock2.40%
-100 shock1.00%
+100 shock(1.40)%
+200 shock(3.60)%

69

The net changes in EVE presented in the preceding table are within the parameters approved by the Boards of Directors of the Company and the Bank.

Accordingly, while the EVE analysis provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to, and do not, provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our net interest income, and may very well differ from actual results.

Interest Rate Risk is also monitored through the use of a model that generates Net Interest Income ("NII") simulations over a range of interest rate scenarios. Modeling changes in NII requires that certain assumptions be made which may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the NII analysis presented below assumes that the composition of our interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured, and also assumes that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve, regardless of the duration to maturity or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. Furthermore, the model does not take into account the benefit of any strategic actions we may take to further reduce our exposure to interest rate risk. The assumptions used in the net interest income simulation are inherently uncertain. Actual results may differ significantly from those presented in the following table, due to the frequency, timing, and magnitude of changes in interest rates; changes in spreads between maturity and repricing categories; and prepayments, among other factors, coupled with any actions taken to counter the effects of any such changes.

Based on the information and assumptions in effect at December 31, 2024, the following table reflects the estimated percentage change in future net interest income for the next twelve months, assuming the changes in interest rates noted:

Change in Interest Rates (in basis points) (1)Estimated Percentage Change in Future Net Interest Income
-200 shock(3.0)%
-100 shock(1.5)%
+100 shock0.4%
+200 shock0.5%

(1)In general, short- and long-term rates are assumed to increase in parallel instantaneously and then remain unchanged.

The net changes in NII presented in the preceding table are within the parameters approved by the Boards of Directors of the Company and the Bank.

Future changes in our mix of assets and liabilities may result in greater changes to our EVE, and/or NII simulations.

In the event that our EVE and net interest income sensitivities were to breach our internal policy limits, we would undertake the following actions to ensure that appropriate remedial measures were put in place:

•In formulating appropriate strategies, the Asset and Liability Management Committee would ascertain the primary causes of the variance from policy tolerances, the expected term of such conditions, and the projected effect on capital and earnings.

•Our Asset and Liability Management Committee would inform the Board of Directors of the variance, and present recommendations to the Board regarding proposed courses of action to restore conditions to within-policy tolerances.

Where temporary changes in market conditions or volume levels result in significant increases in risk, strategies may involve reducing open positions or employing other balance sheet management activities including the potential use of derivatives to reduce the risk exposure. Where variance from policy tolerances is triggered by more fundamental imbalances in the risk profiles of core loan and deposit products, a remedial strategy may involve restoring balance through natural hedges to the extent possible before employing synthetic hedging techniques. Other strategies might include:

•Asset restructuring, involving sales of assets having higher risk profiles, or a gradual restructuring of the asset mix over time to affect the maturity or repricing schedule of assets;

•Liability restructuring, whereby product offerings and pricing are altered or wholesale borrowings are employed to affect the maturity structure or repricing of liabilities;

70

•Expansion or shrinkage of the balance sheet to correct imbalances in the repricing or maturity periods between assets and liabilities; and/or

•Use or alteration of off-balance sheet positions, including interest rate swaps, caps, floors, options, and forward purchase or sales commitments.

At December 31, 2024, the estimated change in net interest income over the next twelve months for a 100 basis point reduction in short term interest rates with no change in long term interest rates is 0.65 percent and the estimated change for a 100 basis point increase in short term rates is -0.54 percent.

Regulatory Capital

The Company is a bank holding company subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Federal Reserve while the Bank is a national bank subject to regulation, examination, and supervision by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. Effective October 1, 2023, we became subject to Category IV prudential standards which included heightened requirements related to capital, liquidity and risk management, as follows:

•As a Category IV firm we maintain a capital plan approved by the Board of Directors which includes analysis under various company-derived stress scenarios. The Company submitted its 2024 capital plan to the Federal Reserve as required by regulation and received written feedback on the plan and associated governance which it has begun to address as part of the capital planning activities for 2025 and subsequent periods. Category IV institutions are subject to a supervisory stress test every other year. The supervisory stress test will first be applicable to the Company in 2026.

•Category IV institutions are required to perform liquidity stress tests that consider the potential impact of market and idiosyncratic stresses over various time horizons, and to maintain an on-balance sheet liquidity buffer at least equal to the 30-day stress horizon. The Company has developed and continues to enhance its liquidity stress capabilities. As a result of the requirement to maintain a liquidity buffer, the Company significantly increased its on balance sheet liquidity during 2024.

•Category IV firms are required to prepare and maintain formal resolution plans for actions to be undertaken in the event of firm failure. The FDIC issued a final rule revising the resolution plan requirements effective October 1, 2024. The Company will submit its first resolution plan under the final rule in mid-2025. The Company has a program underway to develop the resolution plan and does not expect any material impact to the Company in developing the plan.

•Under regulatory heightened standards, a risk governance framework (the "Risk Governance Framework") is required to be developed and maintained to manage and control the risk-taking activities of the firm. Management has developed a written framework and is implementing the various components in an integrated fashion as underlying business processes mature. Heightened standards also require risk limits, metrics, and analytics which monitor the size and direction of key risks in the organization. The Company has established risk limits which are monitored by the Board of Directors and continues to enhance related metrics and analytics.

The Bank is subject to the Prompt Corrective Action regulatory capital framework that establishes five categories of capital adequacy ranging from “well capitalized” to “critically undercapitalized.” An institution’s capital category affects various matters, including legal requirements for regulators to take prompt corrective action and the level of a bank’s Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit insurance premium assessments. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to the regulators’ qualitative judgments about the components of capital and risk weighting assets, among other factors, and the regulators have discretion to require that institutions maintain capital in excess of minimum levels.

The quantitative measures established to ensure capital adequacy require that banks and bank holding companies maintain minimum amounts and ratios of leverage capital to average assets and of common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital, and total capital to risk-weighted assets (as such measures are defined in the regulations). At December 31, 2024, our capital measures continued to exceed the minimum federal requirements for a bank holding company and for a bank. The following tables set forth the common equity tier 1, tier 1 risk-based, total risk-based, and leverage capital amounts and ratios for the Company on a consolidated basis and for the Bank on a stand-alone basis, as well as the respective minimum regulatory capital requirements, as of the dates shown:

71

The following table presents the Company's regulatory capital position:

Risk-Based Capital
December 31, 2024Common Equity Tier 1Tier 1TotalLeverage Capital
(in millions)AmountRatioAmountRatioAmountRatioAmountRatio
Total capital$7,99711.83%$8,50112.57%$10,23815.14%$8,5017.68%
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes3,0434.504,0576.005,4098.004,4284.00
Excess$4,9547.33%$4,4446.57%$4,8297.14%$4,0733.68%
December 31, 2023
Total capital$8,0099.05%$8,5129.62%$10,41511.77%$8,5127.75%
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes3,9834.505,3106.007,0818.004,3924.00
Excess$4,0264.55%$3,2023.62%$3,3343.77%$4,1203.75%

The increase in our capital ratios from December 31, 2023 was primarily driven by a $1.05 billion capital investment in the first quarter 2024 and the sale of certain non core businesses. At the date of the investment, $413 million of the capital investment was recorded in common equity, with the remainder in mezzanine equity until the associated preferred stock is converted or exchanged into common stock. As of December 31, 2024, all but $1 million of the preferred stock converted to common stock. Refer to Note 19 - Mezzanine and Stockholders' Equity for additional details.

The following table presents the Bank's regulatory capital position:

Risk-Based Capital
December 31, 2024Common Equity Tier 1Tier 1TotalLeverage Capital
(dollars in millions)AmountRatioAmountRatioAmountRatioAmountRatio
Total capital$8,91213.21%$8,91213.21%$9,76014.47%$8,9128.05%
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes3,0364.504,0486.005,3988.004,4264.00
Excess$5,8768.71%$4,8647.21%$4,3626.47%$4,4864.05%
December 31, 2023
Total capital$9,30510.52%$9,30510.52%$10,27111.61%$9,3058.48%
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes3,9804.505,3076.007,0768.004,3894.00
Excess$5,3256.02%$3,9984.52%$3,1953.61%$4,9164.48%

At December 31, 2024, our total risk-based capital ratio exceeded the minimum requirement for capital adequacy purposes by 714 basis points and the fully phased-in capital conservation buffer by 464 basis points.

At December 31, 2024, the Bank also exceeded the minimum capital requirements to be categorized as “Well Capitalized.” To be categorized as well capitalized, a bank must maintain a minimum common equity tier 1 ratio of 6.50 percent; a minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8 percent; a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 10 percent; and a minimum leverage capital ratio of 5 percent.

During the year ended December 31, 2024, we sold our third-party mortgage origination business, our mortgage servicing platform, our mortgage servicing right assets and mortgage warehouse business. In total, these transactions and other reductions in risk weighted assets increased our common equity tier 1 ratio 269 basis points compared to December 31, 2023.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Various elements of our accounting policies, by their nature, are subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. Certain accounting policies that, due to the judgment, estimates and assumptions are critical to an understanding of our Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes, are described in Item 1. These policies relate to: (a) the determination of our allowance for credit losses, (b) fair value measurements and (c) the acquisition method of accounting. We believe the judgment, estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes are appropriate given the factual circumstances at the time. However, given the sensitivity of our Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes to these critical accounting policies, the use of other judgments, estimates and assumptions could result in material differences in our results of operations and/or financial condition.

72

For further information on our critical accounting policies, please refer to Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

Reportable Segment and Reporting Unit

We operate in a single reportable segment and have identified one reporting unit which is the same as our operating segment. In the future we plan to continue to assess our reportable segments and reporting units, which may result in a change to either or both in future reporting periods. Please refer to Note 22 - Segments.

FY 2023 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000910073-24-000077.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2024-03-14. Report date: 2023-12-31.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

At December 31, 2023, total assets were $114.1 billion, up $23.9 billion compared to December 31, 2022. Total deposits were $81.5 billion at December 31, 2023, up $22.8 billion from December 31, 2022. These year-to-date increases were primarily due to our March 20, 2023, assumption of a substantial amount of the deposits and certain identified liabilities and the acquisition of certain assets and lines of business of Signature Bridge Bank, from the FDIC as receiver for Signature Bridge Bank (the “Signature Transaction”). See Note 3 - Business Combinations to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the Signature Transaction.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, net loss was $79 million as compared to net income of $650 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Net loss available to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $112 million, compared to net income $617 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Diluted (loss) earnings per share totaled $(0.16) for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $1.26 for the year ended December 31, 2022.

The net loss for 2023 primarily reflects a goodwill impairment of $2.4 billion recorded in the fourth quarter partially offset by a $2.1 billion bargain gain on the Signature Transaction. During the fourth quarter of 2023, management also took decisive actions to build capital, reinforce our balance sheet, strengthen our risk management processes, and better align ourselves with the relevant bank peers. We significantly built our reserve levels by recording a $552 million provision for loan losses, bringing our allowance for credit losses to $992 million at December 31, 2023, reflecting our actions to build reserves during the quarter to address weakness in the office sector, potential repricing risk in the multi-family portfolio and conditions leading to increases in classified assets, which better aligns the Company with its relevant bank peers, including Category IV banks. In addition, we added on-balance sheet liquidity as we prepare for the enhanced prudential standards that apply to banks with $100 billion or more in total assets.

Loan Portfolio

At December 31, 2023, total C&I loans were $25.3 billion compared to $12.3 billion at December 31, 2022. The majority of the increase is attributable to the $9.9 billion of C&I loans acquired in the Signature Transaction along with continued growth through new originations.

50

The multi-family loan portfolio was $37.3 billion at December 31, 2023, down slightly compared to $38.1 billion at December 31, 2022. At December 31, 2023, multi-family loans represented 44 percent of total loans, compared to 55 percent at December 31, 2022, further demonstrating the reduction of our concentration in this asset class.

Commercial loans (commercial real estate and acquisition, development and construction loans) increased $2.9 billion at December 31, 2023 to $13.4 billion compared to $10.5 billion at December 31, 2022 largely attributable to the Signature Transaction and growth in our home builder finance portfolio.

One-to-four family residential loans totaled $6.1 billion at December 31, 2023, representing 7 percent of total loans compared to $5.8 billion or eight percent of total loans at December 31, 2022. Other loans totaled $2.7 billion at December 31, 2023 compared to $2.3 billion at December 31, 2022. The other loan portfolio consists mostly of HELOC and other consumer loans.

Loans held-for-sale at December 31, 2023 totaled $1.2 billion, up from $1.1 billion at December 31, 2022.

Deposit Base

Deposits at December 31, 2023 totaled $81.5 billion, up $22.8 billion compared to $58.7 billion at December 31, 2022 primarily driven by the Signature Transaction.

Our deposit base includes $29.3 billion of uninsured deposits at December 31, 2023, up $12.9 billion as compared to December 31, 2022 largely due to the Signature Transaction. This represents 35.9 percent of our total deposits. These amounts were determined based on the same methodologies and assumptions used for regulatory reporting purposes and exclude internal accounts. At December 31, 2023 total liquidity (cash and cash equivalents, unpledged securities, and FHLB and FRB borrowing capacity) was $27.9 billion.

Net Interest Income

For the year ended December 31, 2023, net interest income totaled $3.1 billion, up $1.7 billion or 120 percent compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was primarily the result of the Flagstar acquisition, which closed in late 2022, and the Signature transaction, which closed in late March of 2023.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, net interest margin was 2.99 percent, up sixty-four basis points compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. The year-over-year increase was primarily the result of a larger balance sheet driven by both the Flagstar acquisition and the Signature transaction, and due to organic loan growth, along with the impact of higher interest rates.

Asset Quality

At December 31, 2023, NPA to total assets equaled 0.39 percent compared to 0.17 percent at December 31, 2022 while NPL to total loans equaled 0.51 percent compared to 0.20 percent at December 31, 2022. The increase in NPLs was primarily driven by a $125 million increase in multi-family loans and a $108 million in commercial real estate loans. Repossessed assets of $14 million were slightly higher compared to $12 million in the prior year.

Recent Events

Declaration of Dividend on Common Shares

On January 30, 2024, the Company's Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.05 per share on the Company's common stock. The dividend is payable on February 28, 2024 to common stockholders of record as of February 14, 2024.

Appointment of Executive Chairman

On February 6, 2024, the Company appointed Alessandro (Sandro) DiNello as Executive Chairman, effective as of February 7, 2024. In this capacity, Mr. DiNello serves as the most senior executive officer of the Company.

51

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is our primary source of income. Its level is a function of the average balance of our interest-earning assets, the average balance of our interest-bearing liabilities, and the spread between the yield on such assets and the cost of such liabilities. These factors are influenced by both the pricing and mix of our interest-earning assets and our interest-bearing liabilities which, in turn, are impacted by various external factors, including the local economy, competition for loans and deposits, the monetary policy of the FOMC, and market interest rates.

The cost of our deposits and borrowed funds is largely based on short-term rates of interest, the level of which is partially impacted by the actions of the FOMC.

While the target federal funds rate generally impacts the cost of our short-term borrowings and deposits, the yields on our held-for-investment loans and other interest-earning assets are not as sensitive to intermediate-term market interest rates.

Another factor that impacts the yields on our interest-earning assets—and our net interest income—is the income generated by our multi-family and CRE loans and securities when they prepay. Since prepayment income is recorded as interest income, an increase or decrease in its level will also be reflected in the average yields (as applicable) on our loans, securities, and interest-earning assets, and therefore in our net interest income, our net interest rate spread, and our net interest margin.

It should be noted that the level of prepayment income on loans recorded in any given period depends on the volume of loans that refinance or prepay during that time. Such activity is largely dependent on such external factors as current market conditions, including real estate values, and the perceived or actual direction of market interest rates. This impact is most prevalent in our multi-family and CRE portfolios, and to a lesser extent in our C&I and ADC portfolios. In addition, while a decline in market interest rates may trigger an increase in refinancing and, therefore, prepayment income, so too may an increase in market interest rates. It is not unusual for borrowers to lock in lower interest rates when they expect, or see, that market interest rates are rising rather than risk refinancing later at a still higher interest rate. The impact of prepayments on the current quarter and year was minimal.

Year-over-Year Comparison

For the year ended December 31, 2023, net interest income totaled $3.1 billion, up $1.7 billion or 120 percent compared to $1.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022. The year-over-year increase was primarily the result of the Flagstar acquisition, which closed late last year, and the Signature Transaction, which closed in late March of this year.

•Interest income on mortgages and other loans increased $2.7 billion driven by a $32.5 billion or 65.8 percent increase in average loan balances to $81.9 billion. This is primarily driven by the December 2022 acquisition of Flagstar and the March 2023 Signature Transaction. Additionally, we had a 177 basis point increase in the average loan yield to 5.5 percent in the current year primarily due to higher yields on acquired loans and the rising interest rate environment. Prepayments in 2023 were $9 million.

•Interest income on securities increased $244 million driven by a 149 basis point increase in the average yield to 4.2 percent from 2.7 percent along with a $3.2 billion or 42.5 percent increase in the average securities balance to $10.6 billion. The increase was driven by higher rates on new purchase and higher yields on acquired Flagstar securities.

•Interest-earning cash and cash equivalents increased $487 million reflecting a 367 basis point increase in the average yield to 5.1 percent driven by higher short-term market rates and an increase in the average balance driven by the Signature Transaction and bolstering our on-balance sheet liquidity.

•Interest expense on average interest-bearing deposits increased $1.4 billion to $1.8 billion during the year ended December 31, 2023, driven by a 206 basis point increase in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits due to rising interest rates. Average interest earning deposits grew $20.3 billion, or 56.4 percent, to $56.3 billion. The balance growth primarily reflects the December acquisition of Flagstar and the March Signature Transaction.

52

•Interest expense on borrowed funds increased $343 million or 109.6 percent to $656 million driven by a 162 basis point increase in rates in addition to a $2.5 billion or 16.5 percent increase in the average balance to $17.9 billion.

Net Interest Margin

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our average balance sheet for the periods indicated, including the average yields on our interest-earning assets and the average costs of our interest-bearing liabilities. Average yields are calculated by dividing the interest income produced by the average balance of interest-earning assets. Average costs are calculated by dividing the interest expense produced by the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities. The average balances for the periods are derived from average balances that are calculated daily. The average yields and costs include fees, as well as premiums and discounts (including mark-to-market adjustments from acquisitions), that are considered adjustments to such average yields and costs.

For the Years Ended December 31,
202320222021
(dollars in millions)Average BalanceInterestAverage Yield/CostAverage BalanceInterestAverage Yield/CostAverage BalanceInterestAverage Yield/Cost
ASSETS:
Interest-earning assets:
Mortgage and other loans and leases , net (1)$81,855$4,5095.51%$49,376$1,8483.74%$43,200$1,5253.53%
Securities (2) (3)10,6114444.18%7,4482002.69%6,6251562.35%
Reverse repurchase agreements388225.77%460153.24%43041.05%
Interest-earning cash and cash equivalents10,0255165.14%1,988291.47%2,01640.17%
Total interest-earning assets$102,879$5,4915.34%$59,272$2,0923.53%$52,271$1,6893.23%
Non-interest-earning assets7,6165,1305,275
Total assets$110,495$64,402$57,546
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts$29,286$9433.22%$17,910$2261.26%$12,829$310.24%
Savings accounts9,9411691.70%9,336600.64%7,612280.36%
Certificates of deposit17,0976463.78%8,772971.11%9,094550.60%
Total interest-bearing deposits$56,324$1,7583.12%$36,018$3831.06%$29,535$1140.38%
Short term borrowed funds7,2633054.20%2,408562.32%2,34380.34%
Other borrowed funds10,6713513.29%12,9822571.99%13,3662782.08%
Total borrowed funds$17,934$6563.66%$15,390$3132.04%$15,709$2861.82%
Total interest-bearing liabilities$74,258$2,4143.25%$51,408$6961.35%$45,244$4000.88%
Non-interest-bearing deposits21,5835,1244,578
Other liabilities4,073787790
Total liabilities$99,914$57,319$50,612
Stockholders’ equity10,5817,0836,934
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$110,495$64,402$57,546
Net interest income/interest rate spread$3,0772.09%$1,3962.17%$1,2892.35%
Net interest margin2.99%2.35%2.47%
Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities1.39x1.15x1.16x

(1)Amounts are net of net deferred loan origination costs/(fees) and includes loans held for sale and non-performing loans.

(2)Amounts are at amortized cost.

(3)Includes FHLB stock and FRB stock.

53

The following table presents the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities affected our interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to (i) the changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) the changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) the net change. The changes attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due to rate on each separate line.

For the Years Ended December 31,
2023 compared to Year Ended 2022 Increase/(Decrease) Due to:2022 compared to Year Ended 2021 Increase/(Decrease) Due to:
(in millions)VolumeRateNetVolumeRateNet
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
Mortgage and other loans and leases, net$1789$872$2661$231$92$323
Securities132112244222244
Reverse repurchase agreements(4)11711011
Interest Earning cash and cash equivalents413744872525
Total interest-earnings assets2,3271,0723,399247156403
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts36635171764131195
Savings accounts1099109112132
Certificates of deposit315234549(4)4642
Short term borrowed funds2044524924648
Other borrowed funds(76)17094(8)(13)(21)
Total interest-bearing liabilities7439751,71883213296
Change in net interest income$1,584$97$1,681$164$(57)$107

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the net interest margin was 2.99 percent, up 64 basis points compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. The year-over-year increase was primarily the result of a larger balance sheet with loans at higher yields driven by both the Flagstar acquisition and the Signature Transaction along with the impact of higher interest rates. Average interest-earning assets increased $43.6 billion, or 74 percent, on a year-over-year basis to $102.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023, while the average yield rose 181 basis points to 5.34 percent.

Average loan balances rose $32.5 billion, or 66 percent, to $81.9 billion while the average loan yield rose 177 basis points to 5.51 percent on a year-over-year basis. Average cash balances increased $8.0 billion to $10.0 billion, while the average yield rose to 5.14 percent from 1.47 percent. Average securities increased $3.2 billion, or 42 percent, to $10.6 billion, while the average yield improved to 4.18 percent from 2.69 percent.

Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $22.9 billion, or 44 percent, to $74.3 billion while the average cost increased to 3.25 percent from 1.35 percent. Average interest-bearing deposits rose $20.3 billion, or 56 percent, while the average cost of deposits increased to 3.12 percent compared to 1.06 percent. Average borrowed funds increased $2.5 billion to $17.9 billion while the average cost rose to 3.66 percent from 2.04 percent. Average non-interest-bearing deposits rose $16.5 billion to $21.6 billion.

Provision for Credit Losses

Comparison to Prior Year to Date

The year ended December 31, 2023 provision for credit losses was $833 million compared to $133 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The 2023 provision primarily reflects an initial $132 million provision for credit losses for acquired loans and related commitments from the Signature Transaction and a net $483 million increase in ACL and unfunded commitment reserves which reflects our actions to build reserves during the fourth quarter to address weakness in the office sector, potential repricing risk in the multi-family portfolio and conditions leading to increases in classified assets. Lastly, the Company recorded a net $10 million provision related to net charge-offs on AFS securities.

Total net loan charge-offs amounted to $208 million, including $112 million for a co-operative loan, $40 million for a CRE loan, and $30 million for commercial loans, mainly from two C&I loans in the fourth quarter. The charged-off co-

54

operative loan was subsequently transferred to held-for-sale status. On February 29, the loan was sold, realizing a gain of $26 million from its previously written-down fair value estimate. This gain on sale will be recognized in the first quarter of 2024. For a more detailed discussion and analysis of the total allowance for credit losses, see the "Credit Quality" section of this MD&A and "Note 7 - Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans and Leases".

Non-Interest Income

We generate non-interest income through a variety of sources, including—among others—fee income (in the form of retail deposit fees and charges on loans); net return on our MSR asset; net gain on loan sales and securitizations, net loan administration income (including loan subservicing income); income from our investment in BOLI; and “other” sources, including the revenues produced through the sale of third-party investment products.

The following table summarizes our non-interest income for the respective periods:

For the Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)202320222021
Bargain purchase gain$2,131$159$
Fee income1722723
Net return on mortgage servicing rights1036
Net gain on loan sales and securitizations895
Other68179
Bank-owned life insurance433229
Net loan administration income823
Net loss on securities(1)(2)
Total non-interest income$2,687$247$61

Non-interest income increased $2.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to the bargain purchase gain of $2.1 billion related to the Signature Transaction. Excluding bargain purchase gains, non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2023 totaled $556 million as compared to $88 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. For the year ended December 31, 2023, net gains on loan sales, net return on mortgage servicing rights and net loan administration income totaled $274 million compared to $14 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, all driven by a full year of the Flagstar acquisition. The two acquisitions also drove higher fee income, loan administration income and other income driven by mortgage and FDIC loan servicing along with a higher volume of customer based fees.

Non-Interest Expense

Non-interest expense increased $4.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, driven by goodwill impairment in the fourth quarter totaling $2.4 billion. Additionally, merger related expenses increased $223 million due to the closing of the Signature transaction and ongoing integration costs. Excluding the goodwill impairment and merger related expenses, non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2023 totaled $2.2 billion as compared to $0.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Total operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2023 were up approximately $1.5 billion compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by a full-year of Flagstar activity and the Signature transaction, which closed in late March of 2023. Included in total operating expenses is a $49 million expense for the FDIC special assessment issued to certain banks nationally related to deposit insurance fund shortfalls, including the assessment issued by the FDIC in February 2024..

Income Tax Expense

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company reported a provision for income taxes of $29 million, compared to $176 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Income tax expense for the current year was impacted by the bargain purchase gain arising from the Signature transaction.

55

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS: 2022 AS COMPARED TO 2021

The results of operations comparison of 2022 compared to 2021 can be found in the Company’s previously filed Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year-ended December 31, 2022 under Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”- Results of Operations: 2022 As Compared to 2021.”

Signature Transaction - Certain Financial Information

In accordance with the guidance provided in Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 1:K, “Financial Statements of Acquired Troubled Financial Institutions” (“SAB 1:K”) the Company has omitted certain financial information on the Signature Transaction required by Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X and Article 11 of Regulation S-X. SAB 1:K provides relief from the requirements of Rule 3-05 and Article 11 of Regulation S-X under certain circumstances, including a transaction such as the Signature Transaction, in which the registrant engages in an acquisition of a troubled financial institution for which historical financial statements are not reasonably available or relevant and in which federal assistance is an essential and significant part of the transaction.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Balance Sheet Summary

Total assets increased $23.9 billion to $114.1 billion as of December 31, 2023, compared to $90.1 billion at December 31, 2022 due to the Signature Transaction, which closed on March 20, 2023, and organic growth.

The Company acquired approximately $11.7 billion of loans, net of purchase accounting adjustments ("PAA"), $33.5 billion of deposits, net of PAA, and $2.1 billion of other liabilities related to the Signature Transaction.

Total loans and leases held for investment were $84.6 billion at December 31, 2023 compared to $69.0 billion at December 31, 2022. The increase was driven by the aforementioned loans acquired from the Signature Transaction and organic loan growth.

The securities portfolio totaled $9.2 billion at December 31, 2023, compared to $9.1 billion at December 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has no held-to-maturity securities portfolio and all of the Company’s securities were designated as “Available-for-Sale”, consistent with December 31, 2022.

Total deposits grew $22.8 billion, or 39 percent to $81.5 billion at December 31, 2023 compared to $58.7 billion at December 31, 2022 primarily driven by the deposits assumed in the Signature Transaction. Included in the December 31, 2023 balance are $247 million in non-interest-bearing custodial deposits related to the Signature Transaction.

Wholesale borrowings at December 31, 2023 remained flat at $20.3 billion when compared to December 31, 2022.

56

Loans held-for-investment

The following table summarizes the composition of our loan portfolio:

At December 31,
20232022
(in millions)AmountPercent of Loans Held for InvestmentAmountPercent of Loans Held for Investment
Mortgage Loans:
Multi-family$37,26544.0%$38,13055.3%
Commercial real estate10,47012.4%8,52612.4%
One-to-four family first mortgage6,0617.2%5,8218.4%
Acquisition, development, and construction2,9123.4%1,9962.8%
Total mortgage loans$56,70867.0%$54,47378.9%
Other Loans:
Commercial and industrial$25,25429.9%$12,27617.8%
Other loans2,6573.1%2,2523.3%
Total other loans held for investment$27,91133.0%$14,52821.1%
Total loans and leases held for investment$84,619100.0%$69,001100.0%
Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases(992)(393)
Total loans and leases held for investment, net$83,627$68,608
Loans held for sale1,1821,115
Total loans and leases, net$84,809$69,723

Loan Maturity and Repricing Analysis

The following table sets forth the maturity or period to repricing of our portfolio of loans held for investment at December 31, 2023. Loans that have adjustable rates are shown as being due in the period during which their interest rates are next subject to change.

(in millions)Multi- FamilyCommercial Real EstateOne-to- Four FamilyAcquisition, Development, and ConstructionOtherTotal Loans
Amount due:
Within one year$3,530$1,233$14$1,049$8,323$14,149
After one year:
One to five years28,4197,946541,77514,97353,167
Over five years to fifteen years5,3141,263297253,28010,179
Over fifteen years2285,696631,3357,124
Total due or repricing after one year33,7359,2376,0471,86319,58870,470
Total amounts due or repricing, gross$37,265$10,470$6,061$2,912$27,911$84,619

57

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2023, the dollar amount of all loans held for investment that are due after December 31, 2024, and indicates whether such loans have fixed or adjustable rates of interest:

(in millions)FixedAdjustableTotal
Mortgage Loans:
Multi-family$8,758$24,977$33,735
Commercial real estate3,3815,8569,237
One-to-four family first mortgage2,2013,8466,047
Acquisition, development, and construction1211,7421,863
Total mortgage loans14,46136,42150,882
Other loans9,8369,75219,588
Total loans$24,297$46,173$70,470

The following table summarizes our production of loans held for investment:

For the Years Ended December 31,
20232022
(in millions)AmountPercent of TotalAmountPercent of Total
Mortgage Loan Originated for Investment:
Multi-family$8394.0%$8,38749.2%
Commercial real estate1,0925.3%1,0866.4%
One-to-four family first mortgage3,73918.1%3281.9%
Acquisition, development, and construction1,5717.6%1490.9%
Total mortgage loans originated for investment$7,24135.0%$9,95058.4%
Other Loans Originated for Investment:
Specialty finance$7,32635.4%$6,00135.2%
Commercial and industrial4,94223.9%1,0166.0%
Other1,1785.7%830.4%
Total other loans originated for investment$13,44665.0%$7,10041.6%
Total loans originated for investment$20,687100.0%$17,050100.0%

Multi-Family Loans

The multi-family loans we produce are primarily secured by non-luxury residential apartment buildings in New York City that feature rent-regulated units and below-market rents.

The multi-family loan portfolio was $37.3 billion at December 31, 2023, down slightly compared to $38.1 billion at December 31, 2022 due to a combination of higher interest rates and our loan diversification strategy.

The majority of our multi-family loans were secured by rental apartment buildings.

At December 31, 2023, $21.1 billion or 57 percent of the Company’s total multi-family loan portfolio is secured by properties in New York State, of which $18.3 billion are subject to rent regulation laws. Of the $18.3 billion properties subject to rent regulation, approximately 38 percent are currently in an interest only period. The weighted average LTV of the New York State rent regulated multi-family portfolio was 58 percent as of December 31, 2023 as compared to 57 percent at December 31, 2022.

In addition to underwriting multi-family loans on the basis of the buildings’ income and condition, we consider the borrowers’ credit history, profitability, and building management expertise. Borrowers are required to present evidence of their ability to repay the loan from the buildings’ current rent rolls, their financial statements, and related documents.

While a percentage of our multi-family loans are ten-year fixed rate credits, the vast majority of our multi-family loans feature a term of ten or twelve years, with a fixed rate of interest for the first five or seven years of the loan, and an alternative

58

rate of interest in years six through ten or eight through twelve. The rate charged in the first five or seven years is generally based on intermediate-term interest rates plus a spread.

During the remaining years, the loan resets to an annually adjustable rate that is indexed to CME Term SOFR or Prime, plus a spread. Alternately, the borrower may opt for a fixed rate that is tied to the five-year fixed advance rate of the FHLB-NY, plus a spread. The fixed-rate option also requires the payment of one percentage point of the then-outstanding loan balance. In either case, the minimum rate at repricing is equivalent to the rate in the initial five-or seven-year term. As the rent roll increases, the typical property owner seeks to refinance the mortgage, and generally does so before the loan reprices in year six or eight.

Multi-family loans that refinance within the first five or seven years are typically subject to an established prepayment penalty schedule. Depending on the remaining term of the loan at the time of prepayment, the penalties normally range from five percentage points to one percentage point of the then-current loan balance. If a loan extends past the fifth or seventh year and the borrower selects the fixed-rate option, the prepayment penalties typically reset to a range of five points to one point over years six through ten or eight through twelve. For example, a ten-year multi-family loan that prepays in year three would generally be expected to pay a prepayment penalty equal to three percentage points of the remaining principal balance. A twelve-year multi-family loan that prepays in year one or two would generally be expected to pay a penalty equal to five percentage points.

Because prepayment penalties assessed to the borrower are recorded as interest income, they are reflected in the average yields on our loans and interest-earning assets, our net interest rate spread and net interest margin, and the level of net interest income we record. No assumptions are involved in the recognition of prepayment income, as such income is recorded when the cash is received.

Our success as a multi-family lender partly reflects the solid relationships we have developed with the market’s leading mortgage brokers and generational direct relationships, who are familiar with our lending practices, our underwriting standards, and our long-standing practice of basing our loans on the cash flows produced by the properties. The process of producing such loans is generally four to six weeks in duration.

We primarily underwrite our multi-family loans based on the current cash flows produced by the collateral property, with a reliance on the “income” approach to appraising the properties, rather than the “sales” approach. We also consider a variety of other factors, including the physical condition of the underlying property; the net operating income of the mortgaged premises prior to debt service; the DSCR, which is the ratio of the property’s net operating income to its debt service; and the ratio of the loan amount to the appraised value (i.e., the LTV) of the property.

In addition to requiring a minimum DSCR of 120 percent on multi-family buildings at origination, we obtain a security interest in the personal property located on the premises, and an assignment of rents and leases. Our multi-family loans generally represent no more than 75 percent of the lower of the appraised value or the sales price of the underlying property, and typically feature an amortization period of 30 years. In addition, our multi-family loans may contain an initial interest-only period which typically does not exceed two years; however, these loans are underwritten on a fully amortizing basis. Exceptions to these levels are made to borrowers on a case by case basis and approved by the joint authority of credit and lending officers and when necessary, the Board Credit Committee of the Board.

We continue to monitor our loans held for investment portfolio and the related allowance for credit losses, particularly given the economic pressures facing the commercial real estate and multi-family markets. In general, buildings that are subject to rent regulation have historically tended to be stable, with occupancy levels remaining more or less constant over time. Because the rents are typically below market and the buildings securing our loans are generally maintained in good condition, they have been more likely to retain their tenants in adverse economic times. In addition, we generally exclude any short-term property tax exemptions and abatement benefits the property owners receive when we underwrite our multi-family loans.

59

The following table presents a geographical analysis of the multi-family loans in our held-for-investment loan portfolio:

At December 31, 2023
Multi-Family Loans
(in millions)AmountPercent of Total
New York City:
Manhattan$6,89318%
Brooklyn5,84016%
Bronx3,61910%
Queens2,8318%
Staten Island133%
Total New York City$19,31652%
New Jersey5,06414%
Long Island5091%
Total Metro New York$24,88967%
Other New York State1,2333%
Pennsylvania3,68210%
Florida1,6815%
Ohio1,0853%
Arizona4341%
All other states4,26111%
Total$37,265100%

Commercial Real Estate

At December 31, 2023, CRE loans represented $10.5 billion, or 12 percent, of total loans held for investment, reflecting a $2.0 billion increase when compared to $8.5 billion at December 31, 2022. Approximately $1.9 billion of CRE loans were acquired in the Signature Transaction.

CRE loans represented $1.1 billion, or 5 percent, of the loans we originated for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to $1.1 billion, or 6 percent for the year ended December 31, 2022.

The CRE loans we produce are secured by income-producing properties such as office buildings, retail centers, mixed-use buildings, and multi-tenanted light industrial properties. At December 31, 2023, the largest concentration of CRE loans were secured by properties in the metro New York City area. Refer to the Geographical Analysis table included below for additional details.

Approximately $3.4 billion of the CRE portfolio are office properties with an average balance of approximately $10 million and located primarily in the New York metro area.

The terms of more than half of our CRE loans primarily feature a fixed rate of interest for the first five years of the loan that is generally based on intermediate-term interest rates plus a spread. In addition to customary fixed rate terms, we now also offer floating rates advances indexed to CME Term SOFR. These products are generally offered in combination with interest rate cap or swaps that provide borrowers with additional optionality to manage their interest rate risk. Following the initial fixed rate period, the loan resets to an adjustable interest rate that is indexed to CME Term SOFR or Prime, plus a spread. Alternately, the borrower may opt for a fixed rate that is tied to the five-year fixed advance rate of the FHLB-NY plus a spread. The fixed-rate option also requires the payment of an amount equal to one percentage point of the then-outstanding loan balance. In either case, the minimum rate at repricing is equivalent to the rate in the initial five- or seven-year term.

Prepayment penalties apply to certain of our CRE loans. Depending on the remaining term of the loan at the time of prepayment, the penalties normally range from five percentage points to one percentage point of the then-current loan balance.

60

If a loan extends past the fifth or seventh year and the borrower selects the fixed rate option, the prepayment penalties typically reset to a range of five points to one point over years six through ten or eight through twelve.

We originate CRE loans in adherence with underwriting standards, and require that such loans qualify on the basis of the property’s current income stream and DSCR. The approval of a loan primarily depends on the borrower’s credit history, profitability, and expertise in property management, and generally requires a minimum DSCR of 130 percent and a maximum LTV of 65 percent. In addition, the origination of CRE loans typically requires a security interest in the fixtures, equipment, and other personal property of the borrower and/or an assignment of the rents and/or leases. In addition, certain of our CRE loans may contain an interest-only period which typically does not exceed three years; however, these loans are underwritten on a fully amortizing basis.

The following table presents a geographical analysis of the CRE loans in our held-for-investment loan portfolio:

At December 31, 2023
Commercial Real Estate Loans
(in millions)AmountPercent of Total
New York$5,31951%
Michigan1,00010%
New Jersey5805%
Florida4574%
Texas1051%
Pennsylvania3744%
Ohio1321%
All other states2,50324%
Total$10,470100%

Acquisition, Development, and Construction Loans

At December 31, 2023, our ADC loans represented $2.9 billion, or 3 percent, of total loans held for investment, reflecting an increase of $916 million compared to December 31, 2022.

Because ADC loans are generally considered to have a higher degree of credit risk, especially during a downturn in the credit cycle, borrowers are required to provide a guarantee of repayment and completion. The risk of loss on an ADC loan is largely dependent upon the accuracy of the initial appraisal of the property’s value upon completion of construction; the developer’s experience; the estimated cost of construction, including interest; and the estimated time to complete and/or sell or lease such property.

When applicable, as a condition to closing an ADC loan, it is our practice to require that properties meet pre-sale or pre-lease requirements prior to funding.

C&I Loans

At December 31, 2023 C&I loans totaled $25.3 billion or 30 percent of total loans held-for-investment. Included in this portfolio is $5.1 billion in warehouse loans that allow mortgage lenders to fund the closing of residential mortgage loans.

The non-warehouse C&I loans we produce are primarily made to small and mid-size businesses and finance companies. Such loans are tailored to meet the specific needs of our borrowers, and include term loans, demand loans, revolving lines of credit, and, to a much lesser extent, loans that are partly guaranteed by the Small Business Administration.

A broad range of C&I loans, both collateralized and unsecured, are made available to businesses for working capital (including inventory and accounts receivable), business expansion, the purchase of machinery and equipment, and other general corporate needs. In determining the term and structure of C&I loans, several factors are considered, including the purpose, the collateral, and the anticipated sources of repayment. C&I loans are typically secured by business assets and personal guarantees of the borrower, and include financial covenants to monitor the borrower’s financial stability.

61

Also included in our C&I portfolio is our national warehouse lending platform with relationship managers across the country. We offer warehouse lines of credit to other mortgage lenders which allow the lender to fund the closing of residential mortgage loans. Each extension, advance, or draw-down on the line is fully collateralized by residential mortgage loans and is paid off when the lender sells the loan to an outside investor or, in some instances, to the Bank.

Underlying mortgage loans are predominantly originated using the agencies' underwriting standards. The guideline for debt to tangible net worth is 15 to 1. At December 31, 2023, we had $5.1 billion outstanding warehouse loans to other mortgage lenders and have relationships in place to lend up to $11.8 billion at our discretion.

The interest rates on our C&I loans can be fixed or floating, with floating-rate loans being tied to SOFR, prime or some other market index, plus an applicable spread. Our floating-rate loans may or may not feature a floor rate of interest. The decision to require a floor on C&I loans depends on the level of competition we face for such loans from other institutions, the direction of market interest rates, and the profitability of our relationship with the borrower.

Specialty Finance

At December 31, 2023, specialty finance loans and leases totaled $5.2 billion or 6 percent of total loans held for investment, up $769 million or 17 percent compared to December 31, 2022.

We produce our specialty finance loans and leases through a subsidiary that is staffed by a group of industry veterans with expertise in originating and underwriting senior securitized debt and equipment loans and leases. The subsidiary participates in syndicated loans that are brought to them, and equipment loans and leases that are assigned to them, by a select group of nationally recognized sources, and are generally made to large corporate obligors, many of which are publicly traded, carry investment grade or near-investment grade ratings, and participate in stable industries nationwide.

The specialty finance loans and leases we fund fall into three categories: asset-based lending, dealer floor-plan lending, and equipment loan and lease financing. Each of these credits is secured with a perfected first security interest in, or outright ownership of, the underlying collateral, and structured as senior debt or as a non-cancelable lease. As of December 31, 2023, 84 percent of specialty finance loan commitments are structured as floating rate obligations which will benefit in a rising rate environment.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company originated $7.3 billion of specialty finance loans and leases, representing 35 percent of total originations compared to $6.0 billion for the same period in 2022, representing 35 percent of total originations.

Since launching our specialty finance business in the third quarter of 2013, no losses have been recorded on any of the loans or leases in this portfolio.

One-to-Four Family Loans

At December 31, 2023, one-to-four family loans represented $6.1 billion, including $996 million of LGG, or 7 percent, of total loans held for investment. As of December 31, 2023, the repurchase liability on LGG loans was $456 million. As of December 31, 2022 one-to-four family loans totaled $5.8 billion. These loans include various types of conforming and non-conforming fixed and adjustable rate loans underwritten using Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines for the purpose of purchasing or refinancing owner occupied and second home properties. We typically hold certain mortgage loans in LHFI that do not qualify for sale to the Agencies and that have an acceptable yield and risk profile. The LTV requirements on our residential first mortgage loans vary depending on occupancy, property type, loan amount, and FICO scores. Loans with LTVs exceeding 80 percent are required to obtain mortgage insurance. As of December 31, 2023, non-government guaranteed loans in this portfolio had an average current FICO score of 741 and an average LTV of 53.

Substantially all LGG are insured or guaranteed by the FHA or the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. Nonperforming repurchased loans in this portfolio earn interest at a rate based upon the 10-year U.S. Treasury note rate from the time the underlying loan becomes 60 days delinquent until the loan is conveyed to HUD (if foreclosure timelines are met), which is not paid by the FHA until claimed. The Bank has a unilateral option to repurchase loans sold to GNMA if the loan is due, but unpaid, for three consecutive months (typically referred to as 90 days past due) and can recover losses through a claims process from the guarantor. These loans are recorded in loans held for investment and the liability to repurchase the loans is recorded in other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Condition. Certain loans within our portfolio may be subject to indemnifications and insurance limits which expose us to limited credit risk. We have reserved for these risks within other assets and as a component of our ACL on residential first mortgages.

62

Other Loans

At December 31, 2023, other loans totaled $2.7 billion and consisted primarily of home equity lines of credit, boat and recreational vehicle indirect lending, point of sale consumer loans and other consumer loans, including overdraft loans.

Our home equity portfolio includes HELOANs, second mortgage loans, and HELOCs. These loans are underwritten and priced in an effort to ensure credit quality and loan profitability. Our debt-to-income ratio on HELOANs and HELOCs is capped at 43 percent and 45 percent, respectively. We currently limit the maximum CLTV to 89.99 percent and FICO scores to a minimum of 700. Second mortgage loans and HELOANs are fixed rate loans and are available with terms up to 20 years. HELOC loans are primarily variable-rate loans that contain a 10-year interest only draw period followed by a 20-year amortizing period. As of December 31, 2023, loans in this portfolio had an average current FICO score of 751.

As of December 31, 2023, loans in our indirect portfolio had an average current FICO score of 743. Point of sale loans consist of unsecured consumer installment loans originated primarily for home improvement purposes through a third-party financial technology company who also provides us a level of credit loss protection.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held-for-sale at December 31, 2023 totaled $1.2 billion, up from $1.1 billion at December 31, 2022. The Signature Transaction contributed $360 million of Small Business Administration ("SBA") loans to this increase. We classify loans as held for sale when we originate or purchase loans that we intend to sell. We have elected the fair value option for nearly all of this portfolio, except the SBA loans. We estimate the fair value of mortgage loans based on quoted market prices for securities backed by similar types of loans, where available, or by discounting estimated cash flows using observable inputs inclusive of interest rates, prepayment speeds and loss assumptions for similar collateral.

Credit Quality

A loan generally is classified as a “non-accrual” loan when it is 90 days or more past due or when it is deemed to be impaired because we no longer expect to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, we cease the accrual of interest owed, and previously accrued interest is reversed and charged against interest income. At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, all of our non-performing loans were non-accrual loans. A loan is generally returned to accrual status when the loan is current and we have reasonable assurance that the loan will be fully collectible.

We monitor non-accrual loans both within and beyond our primary lending area in the same manner. Monitoring loans generally involves inspecting and re-appraising the collateral properties; holding discussions with the principals and managing agents of the borrowing entities and retain legal counsel, as applicable; requesting financial, operating, and rent roll information; confirming that hazard insurance is in place or force-placing such insurance; monitoring tax payment status. advancing funds as needed; and seeking approval from the courts to appoint a receiver, when necessary to protect the Bank’s interests, including to collect rents, manage property operations, and ensure maintenance of the collateral properties.

It is our policy to order updated appraisals for all non-performing loans 90 days or more past due that are collateralized by multi-family buildings, CRE properties, or land, if the most recent appraisal on file for the property is more than one year old. Appraisals are ordered annually until such time as the loan becomes performing and is returned to accrual status. It is not our policy to obtain updated appraisals for performing loans. However, appraisals may be ordered for performing loans when a borrower requests an increase in the loan amount, a modification in loan terms, or an extension of a maturing loan.

Non-performing loans are reviewed regularly by management and discussed on a monthly basis with the Board Credit Committee, and the Board of Directors of the Bank, as applicable. In accordance with our charge-off policy, collateral-dependent non-performing loans are written down to their current appraised values, less certain transaction costs. Workout specialists from our Loan Workout Unit actively pursue borrowers who are delinquent in repaying their loans in an effort to collect payment. In addition, outside counsel with experience in foreclosure proceedings are retained to institute such action with regard to such borrowers.

Properties and other assets that are acquired through foreclosure are classified as repossessed assets, and are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition, less the estimated cost of selling the property. Subsequent declines in the fair value of the assets are charged to earnings and are included in non-interest expense. It is our policy to require an appraisal and an

63

environmental assessment of properties classified as OREO before foreclosure, and to re-appraise the properties on an as-needed basis, and not less than annually, until they are sold. We dispose of such properties as quickly and prudently as possible, given current market conditions and the property’s condition.

To mitigate the potential for credit losses, we underwrite our loans in accordance with credit standards that we consider to be prudent. In the case of multi-family and CRE loans, we look first at the consistency of the cash flows being generated by the property to determine its economic value using the “income approach,” and then at the market value of the property that collateralizes the loan. The amount of the loan is then based on the lower of the two values, with the economic value more typically used.

The condition of the collateral property is another critical factor. Multi-family buildings and CRE properties are inspected from rooftop to basement as a prerequisite to approval. Furthermore, independent appraisers, whose appraisals are carefully reviewed by our experienced in-house appraisal officers and staff, perform appraisals on collateral properties.

In addition, we work with a select group of mortgage brokers who are familiar with our credit standards and whose track record with our lending officers is typically greater than ten years. Furthermore, in New York City, where the majority of the buildings securing our multi-family loans are located, the rents that tenants may be charged on certain apartments are typically restricted under certain rent-control or rent-stabilization laws. As a result, the rents that tenants pay for such apartments are generally lower than current market rents. Buildings with a preponderance of such rent-regulated apartments are less likely to experience vacancies in times of economic adversity.

To further manage our credit risk, our lending policies limit the amount of credit granted to any one borrower, and typically require minimum DSCRs of 120 percent for multi-family loans and 130 percent for CRE loans. At origination, we typically lend up to 75 percent of the appraised value on multi-family buildings and up to 65 percent on commercial properties. Exceptions to these DSCR and LTV limitations are minimal and approved by the joint authority of credit and lending officers and when necessary, the Board Credit Committee of the Board.

With regard to ADC loans, we typically lend up to 75 percent of the estimated as-completed market value of multi-family and residential tract projects; however, in the case of home construction loans to individuals, the limit is 80 percent. With respect to commercial construction loans, we typically lend up to 65 percent of the estimated as-completed market value of the property. Credit risk is also managed through the loan disbursement process. Loan proceeds are disbursed periodically in increments as construction progresses, and as warranted by inspection reports provided to us by our own lending officers and/or consulting engineers.

To minimize the risk involved in specialty finance lending and leasing, each of our credits is secured with a perfected first security interest or outright ownership in the underlying collateral, and structured as senior debt or as a non-cancellable lease. To further minimize the risk involved in specialty finance lending and leasing, we re-underwrite each transaction. In addition, we retain outside counsel to conduct a further review of the underlying documentation.

Other C&I loans generally represent loans to commercial businesses which meet certain desired client characteristics and credit standards. The credit standards for commercial borrowers are based on numerous criteria, including historical and projected financial information, strength of management, acceptable collateral, and market conditions and trends in the borrower’s industry. These loans are generally variable rate loans in which the interest rate fluctuates with a specified index rate.

The procedures we follow with respect to delinquent loans are generally consistent across all categories, with late charges assessed, and notices mailed to the borrower, at specified dates. We attempt to reach the borrower by telephone to ascertain the reasons for delinquency and the prospects for repayment. When contact is made with a borrower at any time prior to foreclosure or recovery against collateral property, we attempt to obtain full payment, and will consider a repayment schedule to avoid taking such action. Delinquencies are addressed by our Loan Workout Unit and every effort is made to collect rather than initiate foreclosure proceedings.

Fair values for all multi-family buildings, CRE properties, and land are determined based on the appraised value. If an appraisal is more than one year old and the loan is classified as either non-performing or as an accruing TDM, then an updated appraisal is required to determine fair value. Estimated disposition costs are deducted from the fair value of the property to determine estimated net realizable value. In the instance of an outdated appraisal on an impaired loan, we adjust the original appraisal by using a third-party index value to determine the extent of impairment until an updated appraisal is received.

64

Asset Quality Measures

The following table presents the Company's asset quality measures at the respective dates:

December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Non-performing loans to total loans held for investment0.51%0.20%
Non-performing assets to total assets0.390.17
Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases to non-performing loans231.51278.87
Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases to total loans held for investment1.170.57

Non-Performing Loans

The following table presents our non-performing loans held for investment by loan type and the changes in the respective balances:

Change from
December 31, 2022
to
December 31, 2023
(in millions)December 31, 2023December 31, 2022Amount
Non-Performing Loans(1)(2):
Non-accrual mortgage loans:
Multi-family$138$13$125
Commercial real estate12820108
One-to-four family first mortgage95923
Acquisition, development, and construction$2$2
Total non-accrual mortgage loans$363$125238
Commercial and industrial43340
Other non-accrual loans(3)22139
Total non-performing loans$428$141287
Repossessed assets14122
Total non-performing assets$442$153289

(1)Excludes LGG that are insured by U.S government agencies.

(2)Unpaid principal balance.

(3)Includes home equity, consumer and other loans.

The following table sets forth the changes in non-accrual loans for the year ended December 31, 2023:

(in millions)
Balance at December 31, 2022$141
New non-accrual, including acquired from acquisition466
Charge-offs(97)
Transferred to repossessed assets(3)
Loan payoffs, including dispositions and principal pay-downs(36)
Restored to performing status(43)
Balance at December 31, 2023$428

At December 31, 2023 total non-accrual mortgage loans increased $238 million to $363 million, while commercial and industrial loans increased $40 million to $43 million and other non-accrual loans increased $9 million to $22 million compared to December 31, 2022.

At December 31, 2023, NPA to total assets equaled 0.39 percent compared to 0.17 percent at December 31, 2022 while NPL to total loans equaled 0.51 percent compared to 0.20 percent at December 31, 2022. The increase in NPLs was primarily driven by a $125 million increase in multi-family loans and a $108 million in commercial real estate loans, primarily office. Repossessed assets of $14 million were slightly higher compared to $12 million in the prior year.

65

Delinquencies

The following table presents our loans, 30 to 89 days past due by loan type and the changes in the respective balances:

Change from
December 31, 2023
to
December 31, 2022
(in millions)December 31, 2023December 31, 2022AmountPercent
Loans 30 to 89 Days Past Due(1):
Multi-family$121$34$87256%
Commercial real estate282261300%
One-to-four family first mortgage40211990%
Acquisition, development, and construction22NM
Commercial and industrial372351750%
Other loans221111100%
Total loans 30-89 days past due$250$70180257%

(1)Excludes LGG that are insured by U.S government agencies.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The following table sets forth the allocation of the consolidated allowance for losses on loans, at each year-end:

At December 31,
202320222021
(dollars in millions)AmountPercent of Total Loans and LeasesAmountPercent of Total Loans and LeasesAmountPercent of Total Loans and Leases
Multi-family loans$30744%$17855%$15976%
Commercial real estate loans3661246121715
One-to-four family first mortgage loans4874681
Acquisition, development, and construction loans3632032
Commercial and industrial13230
Other loans103310321209
Total loans$992100%$393100%$199100%

(1)Percentages represent the percentage of each loan and lease category to total loans and leases

The allowance for credit losses on loans and leases increased $599 million from December 31, 2022 to December 31, 2023. The day 1 impact of the Signature Transaction that closed on March 20, 2023 added $127 million to the reserve. The remaining net increase of approximately $472 million primarily reflects our actions to build reserves during the fourth quarter to address weakness in the office sector, potential repricing risk in the multi-family portfolio and conditions leading to increases in classified assets, which better aligns the Company with its relevant bank peers, including Category IV banks. The allowance for credit losses on loans and leases represented 232 percent of non-performing loans at December 31, 2023, as compared to 279 percent at the prior year-end.

Based on the acceleration of asset quality metric deterioration and collateral value trends observed during 4Q23, predominantly in office, management employed its judgment and qualitative reserves were increased to the higher end of the range as of December 31, 2023. In applying this judgement, management also considered the severity of emerging risks such as feedback from regulators, market information, the impact of potential internal loan review weaknesses on the identification of emerging risks, deterioration in collateral values or borrower financial statements, trends or indications of degradation in asset quality metrics such as problem loans, charge-offs and nonaccruals, and market indications.

Charge-offs

For the year ended December 31, 2023, our gross charge-offs were $223 million and net charge-offs were $208 million, compared to gross charge-offs of $7 million and net recoveries of $4 million over the same period in 2022.

66

The following table presents information on the Company's net charge-offs:

For the Years Ended December 31,
20232022
(in millions)
Charge-offs:
Multi-family$119$1
Commercial real estate564
One-to-four family residential4
Commercial and industrial30
Other142
Total charge-offs$223$7
Recoveries:
Commercial real estate(4)
One-to-four family residential
Commercial and industrial(11)(7)
Other(4)
Total recoveries$(15)$(11)
Net charge-offs (recoveries)$208$(4)

67

The following table presents information on the Company's net charge-offs as compared to average loans held for investment outstanding:

For the Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)202320222021
Multi-family
Net charge-offs during the period$119$1$1
Average amount outstanding$37,839$36,292$32,424
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans0.31%0.00%0.00%
Commercial real estate
Net charge-offs during the period$56$$2
Average amount outstanding$9,905$6,964$5,489
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans0.57%0.00%0.04%
One-to-Four Family first mortgage
Net charge-offs during the period$4$$1
Average amount outstanding$5,907$516$191
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans0.06%0.00%0.52%
Acquisition, Development and Construction
Net charge-offs during the period$$$
Average amount outstanding$2,530$203$152
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans0.00%0.00%0.00%
Commercial and Industrial Loans
Net charge-offs during the period$19$(7)$
Average amount outstanding$21,460$$
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans0.09%0.00%0.00%
Other Loans
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period$10$(5)$(6)
Average amount outstanding$2,552$5,401$4,944
Net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans0.38%(0.09)%(0.12)%
Total loans
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period$208$(4)$(2)
Average amount outstanding$80,193$49,376$43,200
Net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans0.26%(0.01)%0.00%

Lending Authority

We maintain credit limits in compliance with regulatory requirements. Under regulatory guidance, the Bank may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15 percent of Tier 1 plus Tier 2 capital and any portion of the ACL not included in Tier 2 capital. We have a tracking and reporting process to monitor lending concentration levels, and all new commercial real estate credit exposures to relationships that exceed $200 million and all other commercial credit exposures to relationships that exceed $100 million must be approved by the Board Credit Committee of the Board. Exceptions to these levels are made to borrowers on a case by case basis, with the approval of the Board Credit Committee of the Board. Relationships less than the aforementioned limits including those discussed throughout the loans held for investment section of this document, are approved by the joint authority of credit officers and lending officers. The Board Credit Committee has authority to direct changes in lending practices as they deem necessary or appropriate in order to address individual or aggregate risks, including regulatory considerations, and credit exposures in accordance with the Bank’s strategic objectives and risk appetites.

68

At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the largest mortgage loan in our portfolio was a $329 million multi-family loan, which is collateralized by properties located in Brooklyn, New York. As of the date of this report, the loan has been current since origination.

Securities

Total securities were $9.2 billion, or 8 percent, of total assets at December 31, 2023, compared to $9.1 billion, or 10 percent of total assets at December 31, 2022. At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, all of our securities were designated as “Available-for-Sale”. At December 31, 2023, 12 percent of our portfolio are floating rate securities.

As of December 31, 2023, the net unrealized loss on securities available for sale, net of tax, was $581 million as compared to $626 million at December 31, 2022, reflecting the rising interest rate environment.

At December 31, 2023, available-for-sale securities had an estimated weighted average life of six years. Included in the quarter-end amount were mortgage-related securities of $6.6 billion and other debt securities of $2.6 billion.

At the prior year-end, available-for-sale securities were $9.1 billion, and had an estimated weighted average life of six years. Mortgage-related securities accounted for $4.8 billion of the year-end balance, with other debt securities accounting for the remaining $4.3 billion.

The following table summarizes the weighted average yields of debt securities for the maturities indicated at December 31, 2023:

Mortgage- Related SecuritiesU.S. Government and GSE ObligationsState, County, and MunicipalOtherDebtSecurities (2)
Available-for-Sale Debt Securities: (1)
Due within one year%4.65%%%
Due from one to five years3.335.425.53
Due from five to ten years2.731.613.165.05
Due after ten years4.185.74
Total debt securities available for sale4.092.273.165.56

(1)The weighted average yields are calculated by multiplying each carrying value by its yield and dividing the sum of these results by the total carrying values and are not presented on a tax-equivalent basis.

(2)Includes corporate bonds, capital trust notes, foreign notes, and asset-backed securities.

Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

At December 31, 2023 the Company had $861 million and $329 million of FHLB-NY stock, at cost, and FHLB-Indianapolis stock, at cost, respectively. At December 31, 2022, the Company had $762 million and $329 million of FHLB-NY stock, at cost and FHLB-Indianapolis stock, at cost, respectively. The Company maintains an investment in FHLB-NY stock and, as a result of the Flagstar acquisition, FHLB-Indianapolis stock, partly in conjunction with its membership in the FHLB and partly related to its access to the FHLB funding it utilizes. In addition, the Company had Federal Reserve Bank stock, at cost, of $203 million and $176 million at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

BOLI is recorded at the total cash surrender value of the policies in the Consolidated Statements of Condition, and the income generated by the increase in the cash surrender value of the policies is recorded in “Non-interest income” in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income. Reflecting an increase in the cash surrender value of the underlying policies, our investment in BOLI at December 31, 2023 rose $19 million to $1.6 billion compared to December 31, 2022.

69

Goodwill

We record goodwill in our consolidated statements of condition in connection with certain of our business combinations. Goodwill, which is tested at least annually for impairment, refers to the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of an acquired company’s assets, net of the liabilities assumed. As of December 31, 2023, the Company identified a triggering event and applied a market approach using the end of day stock price. We evaluated those conditions known and knowable by the Company and how a market participant would view the control premium as confirmed by the subsequent confirming market evidence. This adjusted market capitalization was then compared to the carrying value to determine the extent of the shortfall which was calculated to be in excess of the goodwill balance. The Company’s assessment concluded that goodwill from historical transactions (2007 and prior) was fully impaired as of December 31, 2023. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment charge of the entire goodwill balance of $2.4 billion.

Parent Company Liquidity

The Parent Company is a separate legal entity from the Bank and must provide for its own liquidity. At December 31, 2023 the Parent Company held cash and cash equivalents of $158 million. In addition to operating expenses, the Parent Company is responsible for paying any dividends declared to our common and preferred stockholders. As a Delaware corporation, the Parent Company is able to pay dividends either from surplus or, in case there is no surplus, from net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.

The Parent Company has three primary funding sources for the payment of dividends, share repurchases, and other corporate uses: dividends paid to the Parent Company by the Bank; capital raised through the issuance of equity; and funding raised through the issuance of debt instruments.

Various legal restrictions limit the extent to which the Company’s subsidiary bank can supply funds to the Parent Company and its non-bank subsidiaries. The Bank would require the approval of the OCC if the dividends it declares in any calendar year were to exceed the total of its respective net profits for that year combined with its respective retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfer to paid-in capital. The term “net profits” is defined as net income for a given period less any dividends paid during that period. As a result of our acquisition of Flagstar, we are also required to seek regulatory approval from the OCC for the payment of any dividend to the Parent Company through at least the period ending November 1, 2024. In connection with receiving regulatory approval from the OCC for the Signature Transaction, the Bank has committed that (i) for a period of two years from the date of the Signature Transaction, it will not declare or pay any dividend without receiving a prior written determination of no supervisory objection from the OCC and (ii) it will not declare or pay dividends on the amount of retained earnings that represents any net bargain purchase gain that is subject to a conditional period that may be imposed by the OCC. In 2023, dividends of $580 million were paid by the Bank to the Parent Company.

At December 31, 2023, we believe the Company has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet its cash flow obligations over the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future.

Bank Liquidity

We manage our liquidity to ensure that our cash flows are sufficient to support our operations, and to compensate for any temporary mismatches between sources and uses of funds caused by variable loan and deposit demand.

We monitor our liquidity daily to ensure that sufficient funds are available to meet our financial obligations. The following table presents available sources of liquidity as of December 31, 2023:

(Dollars in millions)
Cash and cash equivalents$11,475
Unencumbered investment securities6,300
FHLB borrowing availability8,400
Federal Reserve Bank borrowing availability through the discount window1,700
Total Ready Liquidity$27,875

On a consolidated basis, our funding primarily stems from a combination of the following sources: retail, institutional, and brokered deposits; borrowed funds, primarily in the form of wholesale borrowings; cash flows generated through the repayment and sale of loans; and cash flows generated through the repayment and sale of securities.

70

CDs due to mature or reprice in one year or less from December 31, 2023 totaled $17.3 billion, representing 80 percent of total CDs at that date. Our ability to attract and retain retail deposits, including CDs, depends on numerous factors, including, among others, the convenience of our branches and our other banking channels; our customers’ satisfaction with the service they receive; the rates of interest we offer; the types of products we feature; and the attractiveness of their terms.

Our decision to compete for deposits also depends on numerous factors, including, among others, our access to deposits through acquisitions, the availability of lower-cost funding sources, the impact of competition on pricing, and the need to fund our loan demand.

Deposits

Our ability to retain and attract deposits depends on numerous factors, including customer satisfaction, the rates of interest we pay, the types of products we offer, and the attractiveness of their terms. The vast majority of our deposits are retail in nature (i.e., they are deposits we have gathered through our branches or through business combinations).

Depending on their availability and pricing relative to other funding sources, we also include brokered deposits in our deposit mix. Brokered deposits accounted for $9.5 billion of our deposits at December 31, 2023, compared to $5.1 billion at December 31, 2022. Brokered money market accounts represented $1.3 billion of total brokered deposits at December 31, 2023 and $2.8 billion at December 31, 2022; brokered interest-bearing checking accounts represented $1.6 billion and $1.0 billion, respectively. At December 31, 2023, we had $6.6 billion of brokered CDs, compared to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2022.

Our uninsured deposits are the portion of deposit accounts that exceed the FDIC insurance limit (currently $250,000). These amounts were estimated based on the same methodologies and assumptions used for regulatory reporting purposes and excludes internal accounts. At December 31, 2023 our deposit base includes $29.3 billion of uninsured deposits, a net increase of $12.9 billion as compared to December 31, 2022 due to the Signature Transaction. This represents 36 percent of our total deposits.

The following table indicates the amount of time deposits, by account, that are in excess of the FDIC insurance limit (currently $250,000) by time remaining until maturity:

(in millions)December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Portion of U.S. time deposits in excess of insurance limit$7,893$3,749
Time deposits otherwise uninsured with a maturity of:
3 months or less1,675969
Over 3 months through 6 months1,623604
Over 6 months through 12 months2,3251,269
Over 12 months2,271907
Total time deposits otherwise uninsured$7,894$3,749

Borrowed Funds

The majority of our borrowed funds are wholesale borrowings (FHLB-NY and FHLB-Indianapolis advances), Bank Term Funding Program of the FRB of New York and, to a lesser extent, junior subordinated debentures and subordinated notes. At December 31, 2023, total borrowed funds decreased $65 million to $21.3 billion compared to the balance at December 31, 2022.

Wholesale Borrowings

Wholesale borrowings totaled $20.3 billion at December 31, 2023 and 2022.

FHLB-NY and FHLB-Indianapolis advances accounted for $19.3 billion and $20.3 billion at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. Pursuant to blanket collateral agreements with the Bank, our FHLB-NY, FHLB-Indianapolis advances and overnight advances are secured by pledges of certain eligible collateral in the form of loans and securities. At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, $2.0 billion and $6.8 billion of our wholesale borrowings had callable features, respectively.

71

The Company’s wholesale borrowings also include the $1.0 billion drawn on the BTFP. The BTFP draw is secured by pledges of certain eligible collateral in the form of securities eligible for purchase by the Federal Reserve Banks in open market operations (for example, U.S. Treasuries, U.S. agency securities, and U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities).

We had no federal funds outstanding at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

Junior Subordinated Debentures

Junior subordinated debentures totaled $579 million at December 31, 2023 compared to $575 million at December 31, 2022.

Subordinated Notes

At December 31, 2023, the balance of subordinated notes was $438 million compared to $432 million at December 31, 2022.

See Note 12 - Borrowed Funds,” in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for a further discussion of our wholesale borrowings, our junior subordinated debentures and subordinated debt.

Contractual Obligations

In the normal course of business, we enter into a variety of contractual obligations in order to manage our assets and liabilities, fund loan growth, operate our branch network, and address our capital needs. These obligations include commitments to extend credit in the form of mortgage and other loan originations, as well as commercial, performance stand-by, and financial stand-by letters of credit.

These commitments consist of agreements to extend credit, as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract under which the loan is made. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee.

The letters of credit we issue consist of performance stand-by, financial stand-by, and commercial letters of credit. Financial stand-by letters of credit primarily are issued for the benefit of other financial institutions, municipalities, or landlords on behalf of certain of our current borrowers, and obligate us to guarantee payment of a specified financial obligation.

Performance stand-by letters of credit are primarily issued for the benefit of local municipalities on behalf of certain of our borrowers. Performance letters of credit obligate us to make payments in the event that a specified third party fails to perform under non-financial contractual obligations. Commercial letters of credit act as a means of ensuring payment to a seller upon shipment of goods to a buyer.

Such letters of credit typically require the presentation of documents that describe the commercial transaction, and provide evidence of shipment and the transfer of title. Fees collected in connection with the issuance of letters of credit are included in “Fee income” in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, we did not engage in any off-balance sheet transactions that we expect to have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

At December 31, 2023, we had no commitments to purchase securities.

Regulatory Capital

The Bank is subject to regulation, examination, and supervision by the OCC and the Federal Reserve (the “Regulators”). The Bank is also governed by numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including the FDIC Improvement Act of 1991, which established five categories of capital adequacy ranging from “well capitalized” to “critically undercapitalized.” Such classifications are used by the FDIC to determine various matters, including prompt corrective action and each institution’s FDIC deposit insurance premium assessments. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to the Regulators’ qualitative judgments about the components of capital and risk weightings, among other factors.

The quantitative measures established to ensure capital adequacy require that banks maintain minimum amounts and ratios of leverage capital to average assets and of common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital, and total capital to risk-weighted

72

assets (as such measures are defined in the regulations). At December 31, 2023, our capital measures continued to exceed the minimum federal requirements for a bank holding company and for a bank. The following table sets forth our common equity tier 1, tier 1 risk-based, total risk-based, and leverage capital amounts and ratios on a consolidated basis and for the Bank on a stand-alone basis, as well as the respective minimum regulatory capital requirements, at that date:

The following tables present the actual capital amounts and ratios for the Company:

Risk-Based Capital
December 31, 2023Common Equity Tier 1Tier 1TotalLeverage Capital
(in millions)AmountRatioAmountRatioAmountRatioAmountRatio
Total capital$8,0099.05%$8,5129.62%$10,41511.77%$8,5127.75%
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes3,9834.505,3106.007,0818.004,3924.00
Excess$4,0264.55%$3,2023.62%$3,3343.77%$4,1203.75%
December 31, 2022
Total capital$6,3359.06%$6,8389.78%$8,15411.66%$6,8389.70%
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes3,1464.504,1956.005,5938.002,8194.00
Excess$3,1894.56%$2,6433.78%$2,5613.66%$4,0195.70%

The following tables present the actual capital amounts and ratios for the Bank:

Risk-Based Capital
December 31, 2023Common Equity Tier 1Tier 1TotalLeverage Capital
(dollars in millions)AmountRatioAmountRatioAmountRatioAmountRatio
Total capital$9,30510.52%$9,30510.52%$10,27111.61%$9,3058.48%
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes3,9804.505,3076.007,0768.004,3894.00
Excess$5,3256.02%$3,9984.52%$3,1953.61%$4,9164.48%
December 31, 2022
Total capital$7,65310.96%$7,65310.96%$7,98211.43%$7,65310.87%
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes3,1424.504,1896.005,5858.002,8174.00
Excess$4,5116.46%$3,4644.96%$2,3973.43%$4,8366.87%

At December 31, 2023, our total risk-based capital ratio exceeded the minimum requirement for capital adequacy purposes by 377 basis points and the fully phased-in capital conservation buffer by 127 basis points.

The Bank also exceeded the minimum capital requirements to be categorized as “Well Capitalized.” To be categorized as well capitalized, a bank must maintain a minimum common equity tier 1 ratio of 6.50 percent; a minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8 percent; a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 10 percent; and a minimum leverage capital ratio of 5 percent.

On July 27, 2023, the Federal Banking Agencies, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve, and the OCC, released a notice of proposed rulemaking that would make significant amendments to the Basel III Capital Rules applicable to both the Company and the Bank. In general, the proposed rule would align the regulatory capital calculation methodology for Category III and IV banking organizations with the methodology applicable to Category I and II banking organizations. In addition to calculating risk-weighted assets under the current U.S. standardized approach, the proposal introduces a new “Expanded Risk-Based Approach,” including standardized approaches for credit risk, operational risk and credit valuation adjustment risk, as well as a new approach for market risk that would be based upon internal models and standardized supervisory models. If adopted as proposed, the Company would be required to calculate its risk-based capital ratios under both the current U.S. standardized approach and the Expanded Risk-Based Approach and would be subject to the lower of the two resulting ratios for each risk-based capital ratio. In addition, the proposal would require banking organizations to recognize most elements of AOCI in regulatory capital, including unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, and lower thresholds for deductions from CET1 capital for mortgage servicing assets and deferred tax assets, among other things. The proposal, if enacted, would have an effective date of July 1, 2025, with certain elements, such as the recognition of AOCI in regulatory capital and changes in risk-weighted assets calculated under the Expanded Risk-Based Approach, having a three-year phase-in period. We are in the process of evaluating this proposed rulemaking and assessing its potential impact on the Company and the Bank if adopted as proposed.

73

Reportable Segment and Reporting Unit

In 2023, our chief operating decision maker assessed performance and allocated resources at the consolidated Company level. Following the acquisition of Flagstar Bank, N.A. and closing the Signature Transaction, we are currently in the process of operationalizing the financial reporting – both historical and prospective – for our reportable segments and reporting units, which may result in a change to either or both in future reporting periods.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Various elements of our accounting policies, by their nature, are subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. Certain accounting policies that, due to the judgment, estimates and assumptions are critical to an understanding of our Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes, are described in Item 1. These policies relate to: (a) the determination of our ACL, (b) fair value measurements and (c) the acquisition method of accounting. We believe the judgment, estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes are appropriate given the factual circumstances at the time. However, given the sensitivity of our Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes to these critical accounting policies, the use of other judgments, estimates and assumptions could result in material differences in our results of operations and/or financial condition.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses on loans and leases represents our current estimate of the lifetime credit losses expected from our loan and lease portfolio and our unfunded lending commitments. Management estimates the allowance by projecting and multiplying together the probability-of-default, loss-given-default and exposure-at-default depending on economic parameters for each month of the remaining contractual term, as well as credit ratings for certain loans within the commercial and industrial portfolio. The loss drivers for certain loans in the commercial and industrial portfolio are derived using credit ratings. The economic forecast and the related economic parameters are developed using multiple economic forecast scenarios, including related weightings, over the reasonable and supportable forecast period. The economic forecast scenarios and related economic parameters are sourced from independent third parties. Economic parameters are developed using available information relating to past events, current conditions, and economic forecasts. Historical credit loss experience over the historical loss observation period provides the basis for the estimation of expected credit losses, with qualitative adjustments made for differences in current loan-specific risk characteristics such as levels of and trends in delinquencies and performance of loans, levels of and trends in write-offs and recoveries collected, trends in volume and terms of loans, effects of any changes in reasonable and supportable economic forecasts, effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards, and other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices, experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff, available relevant information sources that support or contradict the registrant’s own forecast, effects of changes in prepayment expectations or other factors affecting assessments of loan contractual term, industry conditions; and effects of changes in credit concentrations. Expected credit losses are estimated over the contractual term of the loans, adjusted for forecasted prepayments when appropriate. The methodology used in the estimation of the allowance for credit losses on loans and leases, which is performed at least quarterly, is designed to be dynamic and responsive to changes in portfolio credit quality and forecasted economic conditions. Each quarter the Company reassesses the appropriateness of the economic forecasting period, the reversion period and historical mean.

The allowance for credit losses on loans and leases is measured on a collective (pool) basis when similar risk characteristics exist. The portfolio segment represents the level at which a systematic methodology is applied to estimate credit losses. Management believes the products within each of the entity’s portfolio segments exhibit similar risk characteristics. Smaller pools of homogenous financing receivables with homogeneous risk characteristics were modeled using the methodology selected for the portfolio segment. The Company leverages economic projections including property market and prepayment forecasts from established independent third parties to inform its loss drivers in the forecast, as well as credit ratings for certain loans within the commercial and industrial portfolio.

Loans that do not share risk characteristics are evaluated on an individual basis, including nonaccrual loans. If a loan is determined to be collateral dependent, or meets the criteria to apply the collateral dependent practical expedient, expected credit losses are determined based on the fair value of the collateral at the reporting date, less costs to sell as appropriate.

The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures. The Company estimates expected credit losses over the contractual period in which the Company is exposed to credit risk via a contractual obligation to extend credit, unless that obligation is unconditionally cancellable by the Company. The allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures is adjusted as a provision for credit losses expense. The estimate includes consideration of the

74

likelihood that funding will occur and an estimate of expected credit losses on commitments expected to be funded over their estimated life. The Company examined historical credit conversion factor (“CCF”) trends to estimate utilization rates, and chose an appropriate mean CCF based on both management judgment and quantitative analysis. Quantitative analysis involved examination of CCFs over a range of fund-up windows (between 12 and 36 months) and comparison of the mean CCF for each fund-up window with management judgment determining whether the highest mean CCF across fund-up windows made business sense. The Company applies the same standards and estimated loss rates to the credit exposures as to the related class of loans.

When applying this critical accounting estimate we incorporate several inputs and judgments that may be influenced by changes period to period. These include, but are not limited to changes in the economic environment and forecasts, changes in the credit profile and characteristics of the loan portfolio, property valuations and changes in prepayment assumptions.

While changes to the economic environment forecasts, and portfolio characteristics will change from period to period, portfolio prepayments are an integral assumption in estimating the allowance for credit losses on our commercial real estate portfolio (multi -family, CRE and ADC) which comprises 60 percent of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2023. Portfolio prepayments are subject to estimation uncertainty and changes in this assumption could have a material impact to our estimation process. Prepayment assumptions are sensitive to interest rates and existing loan terms and determine the weighted average life of the commercial mortgage loan portfolio. Excluding other factors, as the weighted average life of the portfolio increases or decreases, so will the required amount of the allowance for credit losses on commercial real estate.

Valuation of Mortgage Servicing Rights

We purchase and originate mortgage loans for sale to the secondary market and often retain the right to service the loan at the time of sale upon which, a mortgage servicing right (MSR) is created. We have elected to report our MSR assets at fair value which is determined using an internal valuation model that utilizes an option-adjusted spread, constant prepayment rates, costs to service, and other assumptions. The assumptions used in the MSR valuation are unobservable in nature, involve a higher degree of judgment and are estimated based on our judgment regarding the value that market participants would assign to the asset. To corroborate this estimate, we obtain third-party valuations of the MSR portfolio on a quarterly basis from independent valuation services to assess the reasonableness of the fair value calculated by the internal valuation model.

For further information and sensitivity analysis regarding the valuation of the MSR asset, see "Note 9 - Mortgage Servicing Rights,” in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."

Acquisition Method of Accounting

The acquisition method of accounting requires that acquired assets and liabilities in a business combination be recorded at their fair values as of the acquisition date. This method often involves estimates, all of which are inherently subjective. We have elected to hold the measurement period open to allow for potential adjustments for up to one year after the acquisition date, for new information that existed at the acquisition date but may not have been known or available at that time. For further information, refer to Note 3 - Business Combinations in Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data".

Goodwill

The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at least annually or when triggering events are identified. We utilize a market approach to calculate the fair value of our single reporting unit, which considers how a market participant would view a control premium, complemented by an income approach if deemed necessary. The resulting value is then compared to our book value and any shortfalls would be recorded as an impairment.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company identified a triggering event and applied a market approach using the end of day stock price, control premium for completed bank acquisitions, and an adjustment for Company-specific risk considerations based on subsequent confirming market evidence. This adjusted market capitalization was then compared to the carrying value to determine the extent of any shortfall which was calculated to be in excess of the goodwill balance. The Company’s assessment concluded that goodwill from historical transactions (2007 and prior) was fully impaired as of December 31, 2023, as confirmed by the Company’s current market capitalization. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment charge of the entire goodwill balance of $2.4 billion. Refer to "Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and "Note 16 - Intangible Assets" in Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" for the methodologies and assumptions used in the goodwill impairment analysis.

75

FY 2022 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000950170-23-005505.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2023-03-01. Report date: 2022-12-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

For the purpose of this discussion and analysis, the words “we,” “us,” “our,” and the “Company” are used to refer to New York Community Bancorp, Inc. and our consolidated subsidiaries, including Flagstar Bank N.A. (the “Bank”). 45.755.3

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2022, net income was $650 million, an increase of $54 million or 9 percent compared to the $596 million the Company reported for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021. Net income available to common stockholders for the twelve months ended December 31, 2022 was $617 million, also up $54 million and 10 percent compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2021. On a per share basis, this translates into diluted earnings per share of $1.26 in full-year 2022, up 5 percent compared to the $1.20 we reported in full-year 2021. In terms of profitability, our full-year 2022 results reflect a return on average assets of 1.01 percent compared to 1.04 percent in full-year 2021 and a return on average common stockholders' equity of 9.38 percent for the full-year 2022 versus 8.75 percent for the full-year 2021.

Loan Portfolio

At December 31, 2022, total loans and leases held for investment were $69.0 billion, up $23.3 billion or 51 percent compared to $45.7 billion at December 31, 2021. Of the $23.3 billion in growth this year, the Flagstar acquisition contributed $17.2 billion in loans, net of PAA. During the year, multi-family loans increased $3.5 billion or 10 percent to $38.1 billion, while the CRE portfolio increased $3.6 billion or 52 percent to $10.5 billion. The increase in the CRE portfolio was due to the Flagstar acquisition, while the increase in multi-family loans was primarily the result of organic growth.

Our specialty finance portfolio increased $912 million or 26 percent to $4.4 billion at December 31, 2022. Total commitments for the specialty finance portfolio stood at $7.4 billion at December 31, 2022. The remaining C&I portfolio, excluding specialty finance, totaled $7.9 billion at year-end 2022 compared to $526 million at year-end 2021 due primarily to the Flagstar acquisition.

One-to-four family residential loans held for investment totaled $5.8 billion at December 31, 2022. The vast majority of these loans were acquired in the Flagstar acquisition. Other loans totaled $2.3 billion at December 31, 2022 compared to only $6 million at year-end 2021. The increase was due to the Flagstar acquisition and is mostly comprised of consumer loans.

Loans held for sale were $1.1 billion at December 31, 2022, resulting from the Flagstar acquisition. These loans consisted of one-to-four family residential mortgage loans pending sale for which we have elected the fair value option.

At December 31, 2022, multi-family loans represented 55 percent of total loans, compared to 76 percent at December 31, 2021, commercial loans (including specialty finance and CRE loans) represented 33 percent compared to less than 25 percent at December 31, 2021, while residential loans represented 8 percent.

Deposit Base

Total deposits at December 31, 2022 were $58.7 billion, up $23.7 billion or 67 percent compared to $35.1 billion at December 31, 2021. Deposit growth was driven by the addition of $16.0 billion of deposits from the Flagstar acquisition and $7.6 billion growth in loan-related deposits and BaaS deposits. Non-interest-bearing deposits were $12.1 billion at December 31, 2022 and represented 21 percent of total deposits, compared to $4.5 billion, or 13 percent as of December 31, 2021. Excluding the impact of the Flagstar acquisition, deposits increased $7.6 billion or 22 percent during 2022. Loan-related deposits totaled $4.4 billion at December 31, 2022 up $389 million or 10 percent as compared to $4.0 billion at December 31, 2021.

45

In addition, our BaaS deposits totaled $11.5 billion at December 31, 2022, up $10.5 billion compared to $1.0 billion at December 31, 2021. Our BaaS deposits fall into three verticals: traditional BaaS, banking as a service for government agencies and states, which includes the U.S. Treasury's prepaid debit card program, and mortgage as a service, which caters to mortgage companies and consists primarily of escrow deposit accounts for principal, interest, and tax payments. The majority of the year-over-year growth was in the government banking as a service vertical and related to certain prepaid debit card programs.

Net Interest Income

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2022, our net interest income grew driven by our higher asset base. Net interest income for full-year 2022 was $1.4 billion, up $107 million or 8 percent compared to $1.3 billion for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021. Average interest-earning assets increased $7.0 billion or 13 percent over the course of the year to $59.3 billion primarily due to organic loan growth and the Flagstar acquisition. The average yield increased 30 basis points to 3.53 percent. Average interest-bearing liabilities totaled $51.4 billion, up $6.2 billion or 14 percent, while the average cost of funds rose 47 basis points to 1.35 percent.

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2022, the NIM declined 12 basis points to 2.35 percent compared to 2.47 percent for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 primarily driven by the impact of higher interest rates on the liability sensitive balance sheet through November 30, 2022. With the Flagstar acquisition we remain slightly liability sensitive. See Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk,”. Prepayment income contributed eight basis points to the full-year NIM compared to 15 basis points during full-year 2021 as prepayments slowed due to rising interest rates.

Asset Quality

Asset quality remained strong during 2022 as increases in NPAs were substantially due to changes in asset mix related to the Flagstar acquisition and centered on non-performing one-to-four family residential and home equity loans. Total NPAs at December 31, 2022 were $153 million compared to $41 million at December 31, 2021, primarily driven by NPLs and assets acquired in the Flagstar acquisition. At December 31, 2022, NPAs to total assets equaled 0.17 percent and NPLs to total loans were 0.20 percent, compared to 0.07 percent for both metrics at December 31, 2021.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS: 2022 AS COMPARED TO 2021

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is our primary source of income. Its level is a function of the average balance of our interest-earning assets, the average balance of our interest-bearing liabilities, and the spread between the yield on such assets and the cost of such liabilities. These factors are influenced by both the pricing and mix of our interest-earning assets and our interest-bearing liabilities which, in turn, are impacted by various external factors, including the local economy, competition for loans and deposits, the monetary policy of the FOMC, and market interest rates.

The cost of our deposits and borrowed funds is largely based on short-term rates of interest, the level of which is partially impacted by the actions of the FOMC. The FOMC reduces, maintains, or increases the target federal funds rate (the rate at which banks borrow funds overnight from one another) as it deems necessary.

While the target federal funds rate generally impacts the cost of our short-term borrowings and deposits, the yields on our held-for-investment loans and other interest-earning assets are not as sensitive to intermediate-term market interest rates.

Another factor that impacts the yields on our interest-earning assets—and our net interest income—is the income generated by our multi-family and CRE loans and securities when they prepay. Since prepayment income is recorded as interest income, an increase or decrease in its level will also be reflected in the average yields (as applicable) on our loans, securities, and interest-earning assets, and therefore in our net interest income, our net interest rate spread, and our net interest margin.

46

It should be noted that the level of prepayment income on loans recorded in any given period depends on the volume of loans that refinance or prepay during that time. Such activity is largely dependent on such external factors as current market conditions, including real estate values, and the perceived or actual direction of market interest rates. In addition, while a decline in market interest rates may trigger an increase in refinancing and, therefore, prepayment income, so too may an increase in market interest rates. It is not unusual for borrowers to lock in lower interest rates when they expect, or see, that market interest rates are rising rather than risk refinancing later at a still higher interest rate.

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2022, net interest income totaled $1.4 billion, up $107 million or 8 percent compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2021. The year-over-year improvement was driven by an increase in interest income partially offset by higher interest expense due to the rising rate environment.

Year-Over-Year Comparison

The following factors contributed to the year-over-year increase in net interest income:


Interest income on mortgage and other loans, net, totaled $1.8 billion, up $323 million compared to full-year 2021. Interest income also increased across all other categories with securities up $44 million and income on money market investments up $36 million compared to last year.


Interest income on mortgages and other loans, net was driven by a $6.2 billion or 14 percent increase in average loan balances to $49.4 billion. This is due to organic loan growth throughout the year and the December acquisition of Flagstar. Additionally, we had a 21 basis point increase in the average loan yield to 3.74 percent from 3.53 percent in 2021 due primarily to the rising interest rate environment.


Interest income on securities was positively impacted by a 34 bps increase in the average yield to 2.69 percent from 2.35 percent along with a $823 million or 12 percent increase in the average securities balance to $7.4 billion.


Interest-earning cash and cash equivalents were positively impacted by a 130 bps increase in the average yield to 1.47 percent driven by higher short term market rates while balances remained flat.


Interest expense on average interest-bearing deposits increased $269 million to $383 million during full-year 2022, driven by a 68 basis point increase in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits due to rising interest rates and competition for deposits. Additionally, our average deposits grew $6.5 billion, or 22 percent, to $36.0 billion. The balance growth reflects the December acquisition of Flagstar, as well as growth in the Company’s loan-related deposits and BaaS deposits. Loan-related deposits totaled $4.4 billion at December 31, 2022 up $389 million or 10 percent from to $4.0 billion at December 31, 2021. Our BaaS deposits totaled $11.5 billion at December 31, 2022, as compared to $1.0 billion at December 31, 2021.


Interest expense on borrowed funds increased $27 million or 9 percent to $313 million driven by a 22 basis point increase in rates partially offset by a $319 million or 2 percent decline in in the average balance to $15.4 billion, partially due to our shift to lower cost deposits.

Net Interest Margin

The Company’s net interest margin declined 12 basis points for the twelve months ended December 31, 2022, to 2.35 percent compared to 2.47 percent for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021. This decline was driven by our liability sensitive balance sheet in the rising rate environment. Prepayment income contributed eight basis points to the full-year net interest margin compared to 15 basis points during full-year 2021.

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our average balance sheet for the years indicated, including the average yields on our interest-earning assets and the average costs of our interest-bearing liabilities. Average yields are calculated by dividing the interest income produced by the average balance of interest-earning assets. Average costs are calculated by dividing the interest expense produced by the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities. The average balances for the year are derived from average balances that are calculated daily. The average yields and costs include fees, as well as premiums and discounts (including mark-to-market adjustments from acquisitions), that are considered adjustments to such average yields and costs.

47

Net Interest Income Analysis

For the Years Ended December 31,
202220212020
AverageAverageAverage
AverageYield/AverageYield/AverageYield/
(dollars in millions)BalanceInterestCostBalanceInterestCostBalanceInterestCost
ASSETS:
Interest-earning assets:
Mortgage and other loans and leases, net (1)$49,376$1,8483.74%$43,200$1,5253.53%$42,028$1,5423.67%
Securities (2)(3)7,4482002.696,6251562.355,9651632.73
Reverse repurchase agreements460153.2443041.05200.32
Interest-earning cash and cash equivalents1,988291.472,01640.171,08830.27
Total interest-earning assets59,2722,0923.5352,2711,6893.2349,1011,7083.48
Non-interest-earning assets5,1305,2755,008
Total assets$64,402$57,546$54,109
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts$17,910$2261.26%$12,829$310.24%$10,965$570.52%
Savings accounts9,336600.647,612280.365,520320.57
Certificates of deposit8,772971.119,094550.6012,4122171.75
Total interest-bearing deposits36,0183831.0629,5351140.3828,8973061.06
Short term borrowed funds2,408562.322,34380.342,319160.70
Other borrowed funds12,9822571.9913,3662782.0812,5142862.28
Total Borrowed funds15,3903132.0415,7092861.8214,8333022.03
Total interest-bearing liabilities51,4086961.3545,2444000.8843,7306081.39
Non-interest-bearing deposits5,1244,5782,957
Other liabilities787790714
Total liabilities57,31950,61247,401
Stockholders’ equity7,0836,9346,708
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$64,402$57,546$54,109
Net interest income/interest rate spread$1,3962.17%$1,2892.35%$1,1002.09%
Net interest margin2.35%2.47%2.24%
Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities1.15x1.16x1.12x

(1)
Amounts are net of net deferred loan origination costs/(fees) and the allowances for loan losses and include loans held for sale non-performing loans.

(2)
Amounts are at amortized cost.

(3)
Includes FHLB stock and FRB stock.

The following table presents the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities affected our interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to (i) the changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) the changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) the net change. The changes attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due to rate.

48

Rate/Volume Analysis

Year EndedYear Ended
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Compared to Year EndedCompared to Year Ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Increase/(Decrease)Increase/(Decrease)
Due toDue to
(in millions)VolumeRateNetVolumeRateNet
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
Mortgage and other loans and leases, net$227$96$323$48$(65)$(17)
Securities21234428(35)(7)
Reverse repurchase agreements111144
Interest Earning Cash & Cash Equivalent252511
Total24815540381(100)(19)
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts$17$178$195$12$(38)$(26)
Savings accounts72532(148)144(4)
Certificates of deposit(2)4442(47)(115)(162)
Short Term Borrowed Funds4848(8)(8)
Other Borrowed Funds(8)(13)(21)25(33)(8)
Totals14282296(158)(50)(208)
Change in net interest income$234$(127)$107$239$(50)$189

In connection with the Flagstar acquisition we have recorded certain assets and liabilities at fair value. The following table provides information regarding the discounts and premiums that are estimated to accrete or amortize into earnings in future periods using the estimated effective duration and methods shown below.

(dollars in millions)Remaining fair value adjustment at December 31, 2022Estimated effective durationAmortization method
One-to-four family first mortgage$(295)4 yearsInterest method
Commercial real estate(5)2 yearsInterest method
Commercial and industrial(25)2 yearsInterest method
Consumer and other(136)3 yearsInterest method
Core deposit and other intangibles2879 yearsSum of years digits and straight-line
Deposits362 yearsInterest method
Other borrowings407 yearsInterest method

Provision for Credit Losses

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2022, the provision for credit losses totaled $133 million compared to $3 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021. The fourth-quarter and full-year provision for credit losses was impacted by the provision for credit losses related to the initial ACL measurement of non-PCD Flagstar acquired loans totaling $117 million. For additional information about our methodologies for recording recoveries of, and provisions for, loan losses, see the discussion of the loan loss allowance under “Critical Accounting Policies” and the discussion of “Asset Quality” that appear earlier in this report.

Non-Interest Income

We generate non-interest income through a variety of sources, including—among others—fee income (in the form of retail deposit fees and charges on loans); income from our investment in BOLI; net return on our MSR asset; gains on sales of securities; and “other” sources, including the revenues produced through the sale of third-party investment products and loan subservicing.

49

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2022, non-interest income totaled $247 million, which includes a bargain purchase gain of $159 million related to the Flagstar acquisition. Non-interest income increased an additional $27 million from the year-ended December 31, 2021, to $88 million for the year-ended December 31, 2022, a 44 percent increase due primarily to fee income generated in December from the Flagstar acquisition.

Non-Interest Income Analysis

The following table summarizes our sources of non-interest income:

For the Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)202220212020
Fee income$27$23$22
BOLI income322932
Net (loss) gain on securities(2)1
Net return on mortgage servicing rights6
Net gain on loan sales5
Loan administration income3
Bargain purchase gain159
Other income:
Third-party investment product sales654
Other1142
Total other income1796
Total non-interest income$247$61$61

Non-Interest Expense

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2022, total non-interest expenses were $684 million, up $143 million or 26 percent compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2021. Excluding the impact of merger-related expenses totaling $75 million and intangible asset amortization of $5 million, total operating expenses were $604 million compared to $518 million last year, up $86 million or 17 percent. The increase was primarily due to one month of Flagstar in our results. The efficiency ratio for full-year 2022 was 40.72 percent compared to 38.36 percent for full-year 2021.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense includes federal, New York State, and New York City income taxes, as well as non-material income taxes from other jurisdictions where we operate our branches and/or conduct our mortgage banking business.

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2022, total income tax expense was $176 million and the effective tax rate was 21.36 percent compared to income tax expense of $210 million and an effective tax rate of 26.09 percent for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021. The year-over-year decline in the effective tax rate primarily reflects the non-taxability of certain merger-related items including the bargain purchase gain. In addition, the effective tax rate in 2021 was negatively impacted by $2 million of income tax expense related to the revaluation of deferred taxes related to a change in the New York State tax rate.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS: 2021 AS COMPARED TO 2020

The results of operations comparison of 2021 compared to 2020 can be found in the Company’s previously filed Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year-ended December 31, 2021 under Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”- Results of Operations: 2021 As Compared to 2020.”

50

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Balance Sheet Summary

At December 31, 2022, total assets were $90.1 billion, up $30.6 billion or 51 percent compared to December 31, 2021. The growth compared the prior period was primarily due to the Flagstar acquisition which added $25.8 billion of assets, net of PAA, while the remaining growth was driven by growth in our lending portfolios.

Total loans and leases held for investment were $69.0 billion at December 31, 2022 compared to $45.7 billion at December 31, 2021. The Flagstar acquisition added $18.0 billion of loans held for investment, net of PAA. Total loans held for sale were $1.3 billion at December 31, 2022, all of which were the result of the Flagstar acquisition.

At December 31, 2022, total deposits were $58.7 billion compared to $35.1 billion at December 31, 2021. The acquisition of Flagstar added $16.0 billion in deposits, net of PAA. Wholesale borrowings at December 31, 2022 totaled $20.3 billion compared to $15.9 billion at December 31, 2021. The acquisition of Flagstar added $6.4 billion of wholesale borrowings.

Borrowed funds totaled $21.3 billion as of year-end 2022, up $4.8 billion or 29 percent compared to year-end 2021. The acquisition of Flagstar added $6.7 billion of borrowings, net of PAA. The net decline was due to lower cost deposit growth.

Loans Held for Investment

The following table summarizes the composition of our loan portfolio:

At December 31,
20222021
(dollars in millions)AmountPercent of Loans Held for InvestmentAmountPercent of Loans Held for Investment
Mortgage Loans:
Multi-family$38,13055.3%$34,62875.7%
Commercial real estate8,52612.46,70114.7
One-to-four family first mortgage5,8218.41600.3
Acquisition, development, and construction1,9962.82090.5
Total mortgage loans54,47378.941,69891.2
Other Loans:
Commercial and industrial12,27617.84,0348.8
Other loans2,2523.360.0
Total other loans held for investment14,52821.14,0408.8
Total loans and leases held for investment$69,001100.0$45,738100.0
Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases(393)(199)
Total loans and leases held for investment, net$68,608$45,539
Loans held for sale, at fair value1,115
Total loans and leases, net$69,723$45,539

51

The following table summarizes our production of loans held for investment:

For the Years Ended December 31,
20222021
(dollars in millions)AmountPercent of TotalAmountPercent of Total
Mortgage Loan Originated for Investment:
Multi-family$8,38749.2%$8,25662.9%
Commercial real estate1,0866.48936.8
One-to-four family first mortgage3281.91681.3
Acquisition, development, and construction1490.91190.9
Total mortgage loans originated for investment9,95058.49,43671.9
Other Loans Originated for Investment:
Specialty finance6,00135.23,15324.0
Commercial and industrial1,0166.05364.1
Other830.460.0
Total other loans originated for investment7,10041.63,69528.1
Total loans originated for investment$17,050100.0%$13,131100.0%

Multi-Family Loans

Multi-family loans are our principal asset. The loans we produce are primarily secured by non-luxury residential apartment buildings in New York City that feature rent-regulated units and below-market rents—a market we refer to as our “primary lending niche.” Consistent with our emphasis on multi-family lending, multi-family loan originations represented $8.4 billion, or 49 percent, of the loans we produced for investment in 2022.

At December 31, 2022, multi-family loans represented $38.1 billion, or 55 percent, of total loans held for investment, reflecting a year-over-year increase of $3.5 billion, or 10 percent.

The majority of our multi-family loans were secured by rental apartment buildings.

At December 31, 2022, $22.2 billion or 58 percent of the Company’s total multi-family loan portfolio is secured by properties in New York State and, therefore, are subject to the new rent regulation laws. The weighted average LTV of the NYS rent regulated multi-family portfolio was 57.15 percent as of December 31, 2022, compared to a weighted average LTV of 60.48 percent for the entire multi-family loan portfolio at that date.

In addition to underwriting multi-family loans on the basis of the buildings’ income and condition, we consider the borrowers’ credit history, profitability, and building management expertise. Borrowers are required to present evidence of their ability to repay the loan from the buildings’ current rent rolls, their financial statements, and related documents.

While a percentage of our multi-family loans are ten-year fixed rate credits, the vast majority of our multi-family loans feature a term of ten or twelve years, with a fixed rate of interest for the first five or seven years of the loan, and an alternative rate of interest in years six through ten or eight through twelve. The rate charged in the first five or seven years is generally based on intermediate-term interest rates plus a spread.

During the remaining years, the loan resets to an annually adjustable rate that is indexed to CME Term SOFR , plus a spread. Alternately, the borrower may opt for a fixed rate that is tied to the five-year fixed advance rate of the FHLB-NY, plus a spread. The fixed-rate option also requires the payment of one percentage point of the then-outstanding loan balance. In either case, the minimum rate at repricing is equivalent to the rate in the initial five-or seven-year term. As the rent roll increases, the typical property owner seeks to refinance the mortgage, and generally does so before the loan reprices in year six or eight.

Multi-family loans that refinance within the first five or seven years are typically subject to an established prepayment penalty schedule. Depending on the remaining term of the loan at the time of prepayment, the penalties normally range from five percentage points to one percentage point of the then-current loan balance. If a loan extends past the fifth or seventh year and the borrower selects the fixed-rate option, the prepayment penalties typically reset

52

to a range of five points to one point over years six through ten or eight through twelve. For example, a ten-year multi-family loan that prepays in year three would generally be expected to pay a prepayment penalty equal to three percentage points of the remaining principal balance. A twelve-year multi-family loan that prepays in year one or two would generally be expected to pay a penalty equal to five percentage points.

Because prepayment penalties are recorded as interest income, they are reflected in the average yields on our loans and interest-earning assets, our net interest rate spread and net interest margin, and the level of net interest income we record. No assumptions are involved in the recognition of prepayment income, as such income is recorded when the cash is received.

Our success as a multi-family lender partly reflects the solid relationships we have developed with the market’s leading mortgage brokers, who are familiar with our lending practices, our underwriting standards, and our long-standing practice of basing our loans on the cash flows produced by the properties. The process of producing such loans is generally four to six weeks in duration and, because the multi-family market is largely broker-driven, the expense incurred in sourcing such loans is substantially reduced.

We believe our underwriting quality of multi-family lending is distinctive. This reflects the nature of the buildings securing our loans, our underwriting process and standards, and the generally conservative LTV ratios our multi-family loans feature at origination. Historically, a relatively small percentage of the multi-family loans that have transitioned to non-performing status have resulted in actual losses, even when the credit cycle has taken a downward turn.

We primarily underwrite our multi-family loans based on the current cash flows produced by the collateral property, with a reliance on the “income” approach to appraising the properties, rather than the “sales” approach. We also consider a variety of other factors, including the physical condition of the underlying property; the net operating income of the mortgaged premises prior to debt service; the DSCR, which is the ratio of the property’s net operating income to its debt service; and the ratio of the loan amount to the appraised value (i.e., the LTV) of the property.

In addition to requiring a minimum DSCR of 120 percent on multi-family buildings, we obtain a security interest in the personal property located on the premises, and an assignment of rents and leases. Our multi-family loans generally represent no more than 75 percent of the lower of the appraised value or the sales price of the underlying property, and typically feature an amortization period of 30 years. In addition, our multi-family loans may contain an initial interest-only period which typically does not exceed two years; however, these loans are underwritten on a fully amortizing basis.

Accordingly, while our multi-family lending niche has not been immune to downturns in the credit cycle, the limited number of losses we have recorded, even in adverse credit cycles, suggests that the multi-family loans we produce involve less credit risk than certain other types of loans. In general, buildings that are subject to rent regulation have tended to be stable, with occupancy levels remaining more or less constant over time. Because the rents are typically below market and the buildings securing our loans are generally maintained in good condition, they have been more likely to retain their tenants in adverse economic times. In addition, we exclude any short-term property tax exemptions and abatement benefits the property owners receive when we underwrite our multi-family loans.

53

The following table presents a geographical analysis of the multi-family loans in our held-for-investment loan portfolio:

At December 31, 2022
Multi-Family Loans
(dollars in millions)AmountPercent of Total
New York City:
Manhattan$7,33019.23%
Brooklyn6,38516.75
Bronx3,7159.74
Queens2,8897.58
Staten Island1260.33
Total New York City$20,44553.63%
New Jersey5,10713.39
Long Island5741.51
Total Metro New York$26,12668.53%
Other New York State1,1573.02
Pennsylvania3,7609.86
Florida1,6904.43
Ohio1,0062.64
Arizona4421.16
All other states3,94910.36
Total$38,130100.00%

Commercial Real Estate

At December 31, 2022, CRE loans represented $8.5 billion, or 12 percent, of total loans held for investment, reflecting a year-over-year increase of $1.8 billion compared to December 31, 2021 primarily driven by the Flagstar acquisition.

CRE loans represented $1.1 billion, or 6 percent, of the loans we originated in 2022, as compared to $893 million, or 7 percent, in the prior year.

The CRE loans we produce are secured by income-producing properties such as office buildings, retail centers, mixed-use buildings, and multi-tenanted light industrial properties. At December 31, 2022, the largest concentration of CRE loans were secured by properties in the metro New York City area, refer to the Geographical Analysis table included above for additional details.

The terms of more than half of our CRE loans are similar to the terms of our multi-family credits which primarily feature a fixed rate of interest for the first five years of the loan that is generally based on intermediate-term interest rates plus a spread. In addition to customary fixed rate terms, we now also offer floating rates advances indexed to CME Term SOFR. These products are generally offered in combination with interest rate cap or swaps that provide borrowers with additional optionality to manage their interest rate risk. Following the initial fixed rate period, the loan resets to an adjustable interest rate that is indexed to CME Term SOFR, plus a spread. Alternately, the borrower may opt for a fixed rate that is tied to the five-year fixed advance rate of the FHLB-NY plus a spread. The fixed-rate option also requires the payment of an amount equal to one percentage point of the then-outstanding loan balance. In either case, the minimum rate at repricing is equivalent to the rate in the initial five- or seven-year term.

Prepayment penalties apply to certain of our CRE loans, as they do our multi-family credits. Depending on the remaining term of the loan at the time of prepayment, the penalties normally range from five percentage points to one percentage point of the then-current loan balance. If a loan extends past the fifth or seventh year and the borrower selects the fixed rate option, the prepayment penalties typically reset to a range of five points to one point over years six through ten or eight through twelve.

54

The repayment of loans secured by commercial real estate is often dependent on the successful operation and management of the underlying properties. To minimize our credit risk, we originate CRE loans in adherence with conservative underwriting standards, and require that such loans qualify on the basis of the property’s current income stream and DSCR. The approval of a loan also depends on the borrower’s credit history, profitability, and expertise in property management, and generally requires a minimum DSCR of 130 percent and a maximum LTV of 65 percent. In addition, the origination of CRE loans typically requires a security interest in the fixtures, equipment, and other personal property of the borrower and/or an assignment of the rents and/or leases. In addition, our CRE loans may contain an interest-only period which typically does not exceed three years; however, these loans are underwritten on a fully amortizing basis.

The following table presents a geographical analysis of the CRE loans in our held-for-investment loan portfolio:

At December 31, 2022
Commercial Real Estate Loans
(dollars in millions)AmountPercent of Total
New York$5,08159.59%
Michigan1,03912.19
New Jersey5606.57
Pennsylvania3283.85
Florida2552.99
Ohio1491.75
Arizona730.86
All other states1,04112.20
Total$8,526100.00%

Acquisition, Development, and Construction Loans

At December 31, 2022, our ADC loans represented $2.0 billion or 3 percent, of total loans held for investment, reflecting a year-over-year increase of $1.8 billion compared to December 31, 2021 primarily driven by the Flagstar acquisition.

Because ADC loans are generally considered to have a higher degree of credit risk, especially during a downturn in the credit cycle, borrowers are required to provide a guarantee of repayment and completion. In the twelve months ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, we did not recover any losses against guarantees. The risk of loss on an ADC loan is largely dependent upon the accuracy of the initial appraisal of the property’s value upon completion of construction; the developer’s experience; the estimated cost of construction, including interest; and the estimated time to complete and/or sell or lease such property.

When applicable, as a condition to closing an ADC loan, it is our practice to require that properties meet pre-sale or pre-lease requirements prior to funding.

C&I Loans

At December 31, 2022 C&I loans totaled $12.3 billion or 18 percent of total loans held-for-investment. Included in this portfolio is $3.5 billion in warehouse loans that allow mortgage lenders to fund the closing of residential mortgage loans.

The non-warehouse C&I loans we produce are primarily made to small and mid-size businesses and finance companies. Such loans are tailored to meet the specific needs of our borrowers, and include term loans, demand loans, revolving lines of credit, and, to a much lesser extent, loans that are partly guaranteed by the Small Business Administration.

A broad range of C&I loans, both collateralized and unsecured, are made available to businesses for working capital (including inventory and accounts receivable), business expansion, the purchase of machinery and equipment,

55

and other general corporate needs. In determining the term and structure of C&I loans, several factors are considered, including the purpose, the collateral, and the anticipated sources of repayment. C&I loans are typically secured by business assets and personal guarantees of the borrower, and include financial covenants to monitor the borrower’s financial stability.

Also included in our C&I portfolio is our national warehouse lending platform with relationship managers across the country. We offer warehouse lines of credit to other mortgage lenders which allow the lender to fund the closing of residential mortgage loans. Each extension, advance, or draw-down on the line is fully collateralized by residential mortgage loans and is paid off when the lender sells the loan to an outside investor or, in some instances, to the Bank.

Underlying mortgage loans are predominantly originated using the Agencies' underwriting standards. The guideline for debt to tangible net worth is 15 to 1. We have $3.5 billion outstanding warehouse loans to other mortgage lenders and have relationships in place to lend up to $11.6 billion at our discretion.

The interest rates on our C&I loans can be fixed or floating, with floating-rate loans being tied SOFR, prime or some other market index, plus an applicable spread. Our floating-rate loans may or may not feature a floor rate of interest. The decision to require a floor on C&I loans depends on the level of competition we face for such loans from other institutions, the direction of market interest rates, and the profitability of our relationship with the borrower.

At December 31, 2022, specialty finance loans and leases totaled $4.4 billion or 7 percent of total loans held for investment, up $912 million or 26 percent compared to December 31, 2021.

We produce our specialty finance loans and leases through a subsidiary that is staffed by a group of industry veterans with expertise in originating and underwriting senior securitized debt and equipment loans and leases. The subsidiary participates in syndicated loans that are brought to them, and equipment loans and leases that are assigned to them, by a select group of nationally recognized sources, and are generally made to large corporate obligors, many of which are publicly traded, carry investment grade or near-investment grade ratings, and participate in stable industries nationwide.

The specialty finance loans and leases we fund fall into three categories: asset-based lending, dealer floor-plan lending, and equipment loan and lease financing. Each of these credits is secured with a perfected first security interest in, or outright ownership of, the underlying collateral, and structured as senior debt or as a non-cancelable lease. As of December 31, 2022, 78 percent of specialty finance loan commitments outstanding are structured as floating rate obligations which will benefit in a rising rate environment. All floating rate obligations are being transitioned from LIBOR to an appropriate LIBOR replacement index in accordance with the regulatory guidance provided around LIBOR cessation.

During 2022, the Company originated $6.0 billion of specialty finance loans and leases, representing 35 percent of total originations compared to $3.2 billion during 2021, representing 24 percent of total originations.

Since launching our specialty finance business in the third quarter of 2013, no losses have been recorded on any of the loans or leases in this portfolio.

One-to-Four Family Loans

At December 31, 2022, one-to-four family loans represented $5.8 billion, including $1.1 billion of LGG or 8 percent, of total loans held for investment. As of December 31, 2021 total one-to-four family loans totaled $160 million, with the increase being driven by the Flagstar acquisition. These loans include various types of conforming and non-conforming fixed and adjustable rate loans underwritten using Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines for the purpose of purchasing or refinancing owner occupied and second home properties. We typically hold certain mortgage loans in LHFI that do not qualify for sale to the Agencies and that have an acceptable yield and risk profile. The LTV requirements on our residential first mortgage loans vary depending on occupancy, property type, loan amount, and FICO scores. Loans with LTVs exceeding 80 percent are required to obtain mortgage insurance. As of December 31, 2022, non-government guaranteed loans in this portfolio had an average current FICO score of 743 and an average LTV of 58 percent.

56

Substantially all LGG are insured or guaranteed by the FHA or the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. Nonperforming repurchased loans in this portfolio earn interest at a rate based upon the 10-year U.S. Treasury note rate from the time the underlying loan becomes 60 days delinquent until the loan is conveyed to HUD (if foreclosure timelines are met), which is not paid by the FHA until claimed. The Bank has a unilateral option to repurchase loans sold to GNMA if the loan is due, but unpaid, for three consecutive months (typically referred to as 90 days past due) and can recover losses through a claims process from the guarantor. These loans are recorded in loans held for investment and the liability to repurchase the loans is recorded in other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Condition. Certain loans within our portfolio may be subject to indemnifications and insurance limits which expose us to limited credit risk. We have reserved for these risks within other assets and as a component of our ACL on residential first mortgages.

As of December 31, 2022, LGG loans totaled $1.2 billion and the repurchase liability was $0.3 billion.

Other Loans

At December 31, 2022, other loans totaled $2.3 billion and consisted primarily of home equity lines of credit, boat and recreational vehicle indirect lending, point of sale consumer loans and other consumer loans, including overdraft loans.

Our home equity portfolio includes HELOANs, second mortgage loans, and HELOCs. These loans are underwritten and priced in an effort to ensure credit quality and loan profitability. Our debt-to-income ratio on HELOANs and HELOCs is capped at 43 percent and 45 percent, respectively. We currently limit the maximum CLTV to 89.99 percent and FICO scores to a minimum of 700. Second mortgage loans and HELOANs are fixed rate loans and are available with terms up to 20 years. HELOC loans are primarily variable-rate loans that contain a 10-year interest only draw period followed by a 20-year amortizing period. As of December 31, 2022, loans in this portfolio had an average current FICO score of 752.

As of December 31, 2022, loans in our indirect portfolio had an average current FICO score of 750. Point of sale loans consist of unsecured consumer installment loans originated primarily for home improvement purposes through a third-party financial technology company who also provides us a level of credit loss protection.

Loans Held for Sale

At December 31, 2022, loans held for sale were $1.1 billion compared to zero at December 31, 2021 with the increase driven by the Flagstar acquisition. We classify loans as held for sale when we originate or purchase loans that we intend to sell. We have elected the fair value option for nearly all of this portfolio. We estimate the fair value of mortgage loans based on quoted market prices for securities backed by similar types of loans, where available, or by discounting estimated cash flows using observable inputs inclusive of interest rates, prepayment speeds and loss assumptions for similar collateral.

Loan Maturity and Repricing Analysis: Loans Held for Investment

The following table sets forth the maturity or period to repricing of our portfolio of loans held for investment at December 31, 2022. Loans that have adjustable rates are shown as being due in the period during which their interest rates are next subject to change.

(in millions)Multi- FamilyCommercial Real EstateOne-to- Four FamilyAcquisition, Development, and ConstructionOtherTotal Loans
Amount due:
Within one year$4,399$1,878$122$1,363$8,960$16,722
After one year:
One to five years22,7465,3945236203,56332,846
Over five years to fifteen years10,9611,2541,639131,38615,253
Over fifteen years243,5376194,180
Total due or repricing after one year33,7316,6485,6996335,56852,279
Total amounts due or repricing, gross$38,130$8,526$5,821$1,996$14,528$69,001

57

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2022, the dollar amount of all loans held for investment that are due after December 31, 2023, and indicates whether such loans have fixed or adjustable rates of interest:

Due after December 31, 2023
(in millions)FixedAdjustableTotal
Mortgage Loans:
Multi-family$8,564$25,167$33,731
Commercial real estate2,0404,6086,648
One-to-four family first mortgage2,4023,2975,699
Acquisition, development, and construction21612633
Total mortgage loans13,02733,68446,711
Other loans2,5343,0345,568
Total loans$15,561$36,718$52,279

Lending Authority

We maintain credit limits in compliance with regulatory requirements. Under regulatory guidance, the Bank may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15 percent of Tier 1 plus Tier 2 capital and any portion of the ACL not included in Tier 2 capital. We have a tracking and reporting process to monitor lending concentration levels, and all new commercial real estate credit exposures to relationships that exceed $200 million and all other commercial credit exposures to relationships that exceed $100 million must be approved by the Board Credit Committee of the Board. Exceptions to these levels are made to strong borrowers on a case by case basis, with the approval of the Board Credit Committee of the Board. Relationships less than the aforementioned limits are approved by the joint authority of credit officers and lending officers. The Board Credit Committee has authority to direct changes in lending practices as they deem necessary or appropriate in order to address individual or aggregate risks and credit exposures in accordance with the Bank’s strategic objectives and risk appetites.

At December 31, 2022 and 2021, the largest mortgage loan in our portfolio was a $329 million multi-family loan, which is collateralized by six properties located in Brooklyn, New York. As of the date of this report, the loan has been current since origination.

At December 31, 2022 and 2021, the largest mortgage loan in our portfolio was a $329 million multi-family loan, which is collateralized by six properties located in Brooklyn, New York. As of the date of this report, the loan has been current since origination.

Asset Quality

All asset quality information excludes LGG that are insured by U.S government agencies.

58

Delinquent and non-performing loans held for investment and Repossessed Assets

The following table presents our loans, 30 to 89 days past due by loan type and the changes in the respective balances:

Change from December 31, 2021 to December 31, 2022
(dollars in millions)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021AmountPercent
Loans 30-89 Days Past Due:
Multi-family$34$57$(23)-40%
Commercial real estate220
One-to-four family first mortgage21813163
Acquisition, development, and constructionNM
Other loans1313NM
Total loans 30-89 days past due$70$67$34%

A loan generally is classified as a “non-accrual” loan when it is 90 days or more past due or when it is deemed to be impaired because we no longer expect to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, we cease the accrual of interest owed, and previously accrued interest is reversed and charged against interest income. At December 31, 2022 and 2021, all of our non-performing loans were non-accrual loans. A loan is generally returned to accrual status when the loan is current and we have reasonable assurance that the loan will be fully collectible.

We monitor non-accrual loans both within and beyond our primary lending area in the same manner. Monitoring loans generally involves inspecting and re-appraising the collateral properties; holding discussions with the principals and managing agents of the borrowing entities and retain legal counsel, as applicable; requesting financial, operating, and rent roll information; confirming that hazard insurance is in place or force-placing such insurance; monitoring tax payment status. advancing funds as needed; and seeking approval from the courts to appoint a receiver, when necessary to protect the Bank’s interests, including to collect rents, manage property operations, and ensure maintenance of the collateral properties.

It is our policy to order updated appraisals for all non-performing loans 90 days or more past due, irrespective of loan type, that are collateralized by multi-family buildings, CRE properties, or land, if the most recent appraisal on file for the property is more than one year old. Appraisals are ordered annually until such time as the loan becomes performing and is returned to accrual status. It is not our policy to obtain updated appraisals for performing loans. However, appraisals may be ordered for performing loans when a borrower requests an increase in the loan amount, a modification in loan terms, or an extension of a maturing loan.

59

The following table presents our non-performing loans by loan type and the changes in the respective balances:

Change from December 31, 2021 to December 31, 2022
(dollars in millions)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021AmountPercent
Non-Performing Loans:
Non-accrual mortgage loans:
Multi-family$13$10$330%
Commercial real estate2016425
One-to-four family first mortgage921919,100
Acquisition, development, and construction
Total non-accrual mortgage loans1252798363
Non-accrual other loans (1)16610167
Total non-performing loans$141$33$108327

(1)
Includes Commercial and Industrial, Home Equity, Consumer and other loans.

The following table sets forth the changes in non-performing loans over the twelve months ended December 31, 2022:

(in millions)
Balance at December 31, 2021$33
New non-accrual39
Non-accrual acquired from acquisition104
Charge-offs(1)
Transferred to repossessed assets
Loan payoffs, including dispositions and principal pay-downs(32)
Restored to performing status(2)
Balance at December 31, 2022$141

Total non-accrual mortgage loans increased $98 million to $125 million, while other non-accrual loans increased $10 million to $16 million compared to $6 million at December 31, 2021. Included the December 31, 2022 amount were non-accrual home equity loans of $9 million acquired in the Flagstar acquisition.

Total NPAs were $153 million or 0.17 percent of total assets at December 31, 2022, up 273 percent or $112 million compared to $41 million or 0.07 percent of total assets at December 31, 2021, primarily driven by the Flagstar acquisition. Repossessed assets totaled $12 million, up $4 million compared to the balance at December 31, 2021. The Company’s repossessed assets includes repossessed taxi medallions of $4 million at December 31, 2022 compared to $5 million at December 31, 2021.

Non-performing loans are reviewed regularly by management and discussed on a monthly basis with the Board Credit Committee, and the Board of Directors of the Bank, as applicable. In accordance with our charge-off policy, collateral-dependent non-performing loans are written down to their current appraised values, less certain transaction costs. Workout specialists from our Loan Workout Unit actively pursue borrowers who are delinquent in repaying their loans in an effort to collect payment. In addition, outside counsel with experience in foreclosure proceedings are retained to institute such action with regard to such borrowers.

Properties and other assets that are acquired through foreclosure are classified as repossessed assets, and are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition, less the estimated cost of selling the property. Subsequent declines in

60

the fair value of the assets are charged to earnings and are included in non-interest expense. It is our policy to require an appraisal and an environmental assessment of properties classified as OREO before foreclosure, and to re-appraise the properties on an as-needed basis, and not less than annually, until they are sold. We dispose of such properties as quickly and prudently as possible, given current market conditions and the property’s condition.

To mitigate the potential for credit losses, we underwrite our loans in accordance with credit standards that we consider to be prudent. In the case of multi-family and CRE loans, we look first at the consistency of the cash flows being generated by the property to determine its economic value using the “income approach,” and then at the market value of the property that collateralizes the loan. The amount of the loan is then based on the lower of the two values, with the economic value more typically used.

The condition of the collateral property is another critical factor. Multi-family buildings and CRE properties are inspected from rooftop to basement as a prerequisite to approval. Furthermore, independent appraisers, whose appraisals are carefully reviewed by our experienced in-house appraisal officers and staff, perform appraisals on collateral properties.

In addition, we work with a select group of mortgage brokers who are familiar with our credit standards and whose track record with our lending officers is typically greater than ten years. Furthermore, in New York City, where the majority of the buildings securing our multi-family loans are located, the rents that tenants may be charged on certain apartments are typically restricted under certain rent-control or rent-stabilization laws. As a result, the rents that tenants pay for such apartments are generally lower than current market rents. Buildings with a preponderance of such rent-regulated apartments are less likely to experience vacancies in times of economic adversity.

Reflecting the strength of the underlying collateral for these loans and the collateral structure, a relatively small percentage of our non-performing multi-family loans have resulted in losses over time.

To further manage our credit risk, our lending policies limit the amount of credit granted to any one borrower, and typically require minimum DSCRs of 120 percent for multi-family loans and 130 percent for CRE loans. Although we typically lend up to 75 percent of the appraised value on multi-family buildings and up to 65 percent on commercial properties, the average LTVs of such credits at origination were below those amounts at December 31, 2022. Exceptions to these LTV limitations are minimal and are reviewed on a case-by-case basis.

The repayment of loans secured by commercial real estate is often dependent on the successful operation and management of the underlying properties. To minimize our credit risk, we originate CRE loans in adherence with conservative underwriting standards, and require that such loans qualify on the basis of the property’s current income stream and DSCR. The approval of a CRE loan also depends on the borrower’s credit history, profitability, and expertise in property management. Given that our CRE loans are underwritten in accordance with underwriting standards that are similar to those applicable to our multi-family credits, the percentage of our non-performing CRE loans that have resulted in losses has been comparatively small over time.

Multi-family and CRE loans are generally originated at conservative LTVs and DSCRs, as previously stated. Low LTVs provide a greater likelihood of full recovery and reduce the possibility of incurring a severe loss on a credit; in many cases, they reduce the likelihood of the borrower “walking away” from the property. Although borrowers may default on loan payments, they have a greater incentive to protect their equity in the collateral property and to return their loans to performing status. Furthermore, in the case of multi-family loans, the cash flows generated by the properties are generally below-market and have significant value.

With regard to ADC loans, we typically lend up to 75 percent of the estimated as-completed market value of multi-family and residential tract projects; however, in the case of home construction loans to individuals, the limit is 80 percent. With respect to commercial construction loans, we typically lend up to 65 percent of the estimated as-completed market value of the property. Credit risk is also managed through the loan disbursement process. Loan proceeds are disbursed periodically in increments as construction progresses, and as warranted by inspection reports provided to us by our own lending officers and/or consulting engineers.

61

To minimize the risk involved in specialty finance lending and leasing, each of our credits is secured with a perfected first security interest or outright ownership in the underlying collateral, and structured as senior debt or as a non-cancellable lease. To further minimize the risk involved in specialty finance lending and leasing, we re-underwrite each transaction. In addition, we retain outside counsel to conduct a further review of the underlying documentation.

Other C&I loans generally represent loans to commercial businesses which meet certain desired client characteristics and credit standards. The credit standards for commercial borrowers are based on numerous criteria, including historical and projected financial information, strength of management, acceptable collateral, and market conditions and trends in the borrower’s industry. These loans are generally variable rate loans in which the interest rate fluctuates with a specified index rate.

The procedures we follow with respect to delinquent loans are generally consistent across all categories, with late charges assessed, and notices mailed to the borrower, at specified dates. We attempt to reach the borrower by telephone to ascertain the reasons for delinquency and the prospects for repayment. When contact is made with a borrower at any time prior to foreclosure or recovery against collateral property, we attempt to obtain full payment, and will consider a repayment schedule to avoid taking such action. Delinquencies are addressed by our Loan Workout Unit and every effort is made to collect rather than initiate foreclosure proceedings.

Fair values for all multi-family buildings, CRE properties, and land are determined based on the appraised value. If an appraisal is more than one year old and the loan is classified as either non-performing or as an accruing TDR, then an updated appraisal is required to determine fair value. Estimated disposition costs are deducted from the fair value of the property to determine estimated net realizable value. In the instance of an outdated appraisal on an impaired loan, we adjust the original appraisal by using a third-party index value to determine the extent of impairment until an updated appraisal is received.

While we strive to originate loans that will perform fully, adverse economic and market conditions, among other factors, can negatively impact a borrower’s ability to repay. Historically, our level of charge-offs has been relatively low in downward credit cycles, even when the volume of non-performing loans has increased. In 2022, we recorded a net recovery of $4 million, as compared to net recovery of $2 million in the previous year.

Partially reflecting the net recoveries noted above, and the provision of $133 million for the allowance for loan losses, the allowance for credit losses increased $194 million, equaling $393 million at December 31, 2022 from $199 million at December 31, 2021. The majority of the increase is related to the initial provision for credit losses of $117 million and the adjustment for PCD loans acquired in the Flagstar acquisition. The allowance for credit losses on loans and leases represented 278.87 percent of non-performing loans at December 31, 2022, as compared to 611.79 percent at the prior year-end.

Based upon all relevant and available information at the end of this December, management believes that the allowance for losses on loans was appropriate at that date.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

In an effort to proactively manage delinquent loans, we have selectively extended such concessions as rate reductions and extensions of maturity dates, as well as forbearance agreements, to certain borrowers who have experienced financial difficulty. In accordance with GAAP, we are required to account for such loan modifications or restructurings as TDRs.

The eligibility of a borrower for work-out concessions of any nature depends upon the facts and circumstances of each transaction, which may change from period to period, and involve management’s judgment regarding the likelihood that the concession will result in the maximum recovery for the Company.

Loans modified as TDRs are placed on non-accrual status until we determine that future collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured. This generally requires that the borrower demonstrate performance according to the restructured terms for at least six consecutive months.

62

At December 31, 2022, loans modified as TDRs totaled $44 million, including accruing loans of $16 million and non-accrual loans of $28 million. At the prior year-end, loans modified as TDRs totaled $29 million, including accruing loans of $16 million and non-accrual loans of $13 million.

Analysis of Troubled Debt Restructurings

The following table sets forth the changes in our TDRs over the twelve months ended December 31, 2022:

(in millions)AccruingNon- AccrualTotal
Balance at December 31, 2021$16$13$29
New TDRs1919
Charge-offs
Transferred from performing
Loan payoffs, including dispositions and principal pay-downs(4)(4)
Balance at December 31, 2022$16$28$44

Loans on which concessions were made with respect to rate reductions and/or extensions of maturity dates totaled $38 million and $29 million, respectively, at December 31, 2022 and 2021; loans in connection with which forbearance agreements were reached amounted to $6 million and $0 million at the respective dates.

Based on the number of loans performing in accordance with their revised terms, at December 31, 2022, our success rate for restructured CRE loans was 100 percent, our success rate for one-to-four loans was 100 percent and our success rate for other loans was 35 percent.

On a limited basis, we may provide additional credit to a borrower after the loan has been placed on non-accrual status or modified as a TDR if, in management’s judgment, the value of the property after the additional loan funding is greater than the initial value of the property plus the additional loan funding amount. In 2022, no such additional credit was provided. Furthermore, the terms of our restructured loans typically would not restrict us from cancelling outstanding commitments for other credit facilities to a borrower in the event of non-payment of a restructured loan.

For additional information about our TDRs at December 31, 2022 and 2021, see the discussion of “Asset Quality” in Note 6, “Loans and Leases” in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Except for the non-accrual loans and TDRs disclosed in this filing, we did not have any potential problem loans at December 31, 2022 that would have caused management to have serious doubts as to the ability of a borrower to comply with present loan repayment terms and that would have resulted in such disclosure if that were the case.

Asset Quality Analysis

The following table presents information regarding our asset quality measures:

At or for the Years Ended December 31,
202220212020
Non-performing loans to total loans0.20%0.07%0.09
Non-performing assets to total assets0.170.070.08
Allowance for losses on loans to non-performing loans278.87611.79513.55
Allowance for losses on loans to total loans0.570.440.45

63

The following table presents information on the Company's net charge-offs as compared to average loans outstanding:

For the Year Ended
December 31,
(dollars in millions)202220212020
Multi-family
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period$1$1$(1)
Average amount outstanding$36,292$32,424$31,322
Net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans0.00%0.00%0.00%
Commercial real estate
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period$-$2$2
Average amount outstanding$6,964$5,489$6,009
Net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans0.00%0.04%0.03%
One-to-Four Family first mortgage
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period$-$1$-
Average amount outstanding$516$191$314
Net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans0.00%0.52%0.00%
Acquisition, Development and Construction
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period$-$-$-
Average amount outstanding$203$152$116
Net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans0.00%0.00%0.00%
Other Loans
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period$(5)$(6)$18
Average amount outstanding$5,401$4,944$4,267
Net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans-0.09%-0.12%0.42%
Total loans
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period$(4)$(2)$19
Average amount outstanding$49,376$43,200$42,028
Net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans-0.01%0.00%0.04%

The following table sets forth the allocation of the consolidated allowance for losses on loans, at each year-end:

202220212020
(dollars in millions)AmountPercent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans Held for InvestmentAmountPercent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans Held for InvestmentAmountPercent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans Held for Investment
Multi-family loans$17855.26%$15975.71%$15075%
Commercial real estate loans4612.361714.652415.96
One-to-four family first mortgage loans468.4410.3510.55
Acquisition, development, and construction loans202.7920.4610.21
Other loans10321.05208.83188.00
Total loans$393100.00%$199100.00%$194100.00%

Each of the preceding allocations was based upon an estimate of various factors, as discussed in “Critical Accounting Estimates”, and a different allocation methodology may be deemed to be more appropriate in the future. In addition, it should be noted that the portion of the allowance for losses on loans allocated to each loan category does not represent the total amount available to absorb losses that may occur within that category, since the total loan loss allowance is available for the entire loan portfolio.

64

Securities

Total securities were $9.1 billion, or 10 percent, of total assets at December 31, 2022, compared to $5.8 billion, or 10 percent of total assets at December 31, 2021. At December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, all of our securities were designated as “Available-for-Sale”. At December 31, 2022, 15 percent of our portfolio are floating rate securities.

At December 31, 2022, available-for-sale securities had an estimated weighted average life of 6 years. Included in the year-end amount were mortgage-related securities of $4.8 billion and other debt securities of $4.3 billion.

At the prior year-end, available-for-sale securities were $5.8 billion, and had an estimated weighted average life of 6.9 years. Mortgage-related securities accounted for $2.8 billion of the year-end balance, with other debt securities accounting for the remaining $3.0 billion.

The investment policies of the Company and the Bank are established by the Board of Directors and implemented by the ALCO. ALCO meets monthly or on an as-needed basis to review the portfolios and specific capital market transactions. In addition, the securities portfolios and investment activities are reviewed monthly by the Board of Directors. Furthermore, the policy governing the investment portfolio activities is reviewed at least annually by the ALCO and ratified by the Board of Directors.

Our general investment strategy is to purchase liquid investments with various maturities to ensure that our overall interest rate risk position stays within the required limits of our investment policies. We generally limit our investments to GSE obligations and U.S. Treasury obligations. At December 31, 2022 and 2021, GSE obligations and U.S. Treasury obligations together represented 86 percent and 83 percent of total securities, respectively. The remainder of the portfolio at those dates was comprised of asset-backed securities, corporate bonds, foreign notes, capital trust notes, and municipal obligations.

The following table summarizes the weighted average yields of debt securities for the maturities indicated at December 31, 2022:

Mortgage- Related SecuritiesU.S. Government and GSE ObligationsState, County, and MunicipalOther Debt Securities (2)
Available-for-Sale Debt Securities: (1)
Due within one year4.46%3.12%4.89%4.29%
Due from one to five years3.273.145.58
Due from five to ten years3.051.533.725.09
Due after ten years3.611.884.075.35
Total debt securities available for sale3.582.423.915.32

(1)
The weighted average yields are calculated by multiplying each carrying value by its yield and dividing the sum of these results by the total carrying values and are not presented on a tax-equivalent basis.

(2)
Includes corporate bonds, capital trust notes, foreign notes, and asset-backed securities.

Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

At December 31, 2022, the Company had $762 million and $329 million of FHLB-NY stock, at cost and FHLB-Indianapolis stock, at cost, respectively. At December 31, 2021, the Company had $734 million of FHLB-NY stock, at cost. The Company maintains an investment in FHLB-NY stock and, as a result of the Flagstar acquisition, FHLB-Indianapolis stock, partly in conjunction with its membership in the FHLB and partly related to its access to the FHLB funding it utilizes. In addition, at December 31, 2022, the Company had $176 million of Federal Reserve Bank stock, at cost. The Company had no Federal Reserve Bank stock, at December 31, 2021.

65

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

BOLI is recorded at the total cash surrender value of the policies in the Consolidated Statements of Condition, and the income generated by the increase in the cash surrender value of the policies is recorded in “Non-interest income” in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income. Reflecting an increase in the cash surrender value of the underlying policies, and $373 million acquired in the Flagstar acquisition our investment in BOLI rose $377 million year-over-year to $1.6 billion at December 31, 2022.

Goodwill

We record goodwill in our consolidated statements of condition in connection with certain of our business combinations. Goodwill, which is tested at least annually for impairment, refers to the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of an acquired company’s assets, net of the liabilities assumed.

For more information about the Company’s goodwill, see the discussion of “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the Footnote 2 of these consolidated statements.

Sources of Funds

The Parent Company has four primary funding sources for the payment of dividends, share repurchases, and other corporate uses: dividends paid to the Parent Company by the Bank; capital raised through the issuance of securities; funding raised through the issuance of debt instruments; and repayments of, and income from, investment securities.

On a consolidated basis, our funding primarily stems from a combination of the following sources: retail, institutional, and brokered deposits; borrowed funds, primarily in the form of wholesale borrowings; cash flows generated through the repayment and sale of loans; and cash flows generated through the repayment and sale of securities.

In 2022, loan repayments and sales generated cash flows of $10.7 billion, as compared to $10.4 billion in 2021.

In 2022, cash flows from the repayment of securities totaled $732 million, while the purchase of securities amounted to $2.2 billion for the year. By comparison, cash flows from the repayment of securities totaled $1.7 billion, in 2021, and were offset by the purchase of securities totaling $1.7 billion.

In 2022, the cash flows from loans and securities were primarily deployed into the production of multi-family loans held for investment, as well as held-for-investment CRE loans and specialty finance loans and leases.

Deposits

Our ability to retain and attract deposits depends on numerous factors, including customer satisfaction, the rates of interest we pay, the types of products we offer, and the attractiveness of their terms. From time to time, we have chosen not to compete actively for deposits, depending on our access to deposits through acquisitions, the availability of lower-cost funding sources, the impact of competition on pricing, and the need to fund our loan demand. The vast majority of our deposits are retail in nature (i.e., they are deposits we have gathered through our branches or through business combinations).

Total deposits increased $23.7 billion or 67 percent on a year-over-year basis to $58.7 billion. Deposit growth was driven by the addition of $16.0 billion of deposits from the Flagstar acquisition and $7.6 billion growth in loan-related deposits and BaaS deposits. Loan-related deposits totaled $4.4 billion at December 31, 2022 up $389 million or 10 percent relative to $4.0 billion at December 31, 2021. Our BaaS deposits totaled $11.5 billion at December 31, 2022, as compared to $1.0 billion at December 31, 2021. In addition, the Company has institutional deposits and municipal deposits. Institutional deposits remained unchanged from the prior year end at $1.4 billion. Municipal deposits represented $488 million of total deposits at the end of this December, a $263 million decrease from the balance at December 31, 2021.

66

Depending on their availability and pricing relative to other funding sources, we also include brokered deposits in our deposit mix. Brokered deposits accounted for $5.1 billion of our deposits at the end of this December, compared to $5.7 billion at December 31, 2021. Brokered money market accounts represented $2.8 billion of total brokered deposits at December 31, 2022 and $2.9 billion at December 31, 2021; brokered interest-bearing checking accounts represented $1.0 billion and $1.6 billion, respectively, at the corresponding dates. At December 31, 2022, we had $1.3 billion of brokered CDs, compared to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2021.

The following table indicates the amount of time deposits, by account, that are in excess of the FDIC insurance limit (currently $250,000) by time remaining until maturity:

December 31,
(in millions)2022
Portion of U.S. time deposits in excess of insurance limit$3,749
Time deposits otherwise uninsured with a maturity of:
3 months or less$969
Over 3 months through 6 months604
Over 6 months through 12 months1,269
Over 12 months907
Total time deposits otherwise uninsured$3,749

Our uninsured deposits, on an unconsolidated basis, are the portion of deposit accounts that exceed the FDIC insurance limit (currently $250,000), and were approximately $19.6 billion and $10.1 billion at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. These amounts were estimated based on the same methodologies and assumptions used for regulatory reporting purposes.

Borrowed Funds

The majority of our borrowed funds are wholesale borrowings (FHLB-NY and FHLB-Indianapolis advances) and, to a lesser extent, junior subordinated debentures and subordinated notes. At December 31, 2022, total borrowed funds increased $4.8 billion or 29 percent to $21.3 billion compared to the balance at December 31, 2021. The year-over-year increase was primarily driven by the amounts assumed in the Flagstar acquisition of $6.7 billion

Wholesale Borrowings

Wholesale borrowings totaled $20.3 billion and $15.9 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2022 and 2021, representing 23 percent of total assets at both dates. FHLB-NY and FHLB-Indianapolis advances accounted for $20.3 billion of the year-end 2022 balance, as compared to $15.1 billion at the prior year-end. Pursuant to blanket collateral agreements with the Bank, our FHLB-NY, FHLB-Indianapolis advances and overnight advances are secured by pledges of certain eligible collateral in the form of loans and securities. (For more information regarding our FHLB advances, see the discussion that appears earlier in this report regarding our membership and our ownership of stock in the FHLB-NY). At December 31, 2022 and 2021, $6.8 billion and $7.5 billion of our wholesale borrowings had callable features, respectively.

Included in wholesale borrowings at December 31, 2021, was $800 million of repurchase agreements. There were no repurchase agreements outstanding at December 31, 2022. Repurchase agreements are contracts for the sale of securities owned or borrowed by the Bank with an agreement to repurchase those securities at agreed-upon prices and dates.

Our repurchase agreements were primarily collateralized by GSE obligations, and may be entered into with the FHLB-NY or certain brokerage firms. The brokerage firms we utilize are subject to an ongoing internal financial review to ensure that we borrow funds only from those dealers whose financial strength will minimize the risk of loss due to default. In addition, a master repurchase agreement must be executed and on file for each of the brokerage firms we use.

We had no federal funds purchased at both December 31, 2022 and 2021.

67

Junior Subordinated Debentures

Junior subordinated debentures totaled $575 million, including $214 million assumed from the Flagstar acquisition, net of purchase accounting adjustments at December 31, 2022.

Subordinated Notes

At December 31, 2022, the balance of subordinated notes was $432 million, including $135 million assumed from the Flagstar acquisition, net of purchase accounting adjustments.

See Note 12, “Borrowed Funds,” in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for a further discussion of our wholesale borrowings, our junior subordinated debentures and subordinated debt.

Liquidity, Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Commitments, and Capital Position

Liquidity

We manage our liquidity to ensure that our cash flows are sufficient to support our operations, and to compensate for any temporary mismatches between sources and uses of funds caused by variable loan and deposit demand.

We monitor our liquidity daily to ensure that sufficient funds are available to meet our financial obligations. Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents, which totaled $2.0 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2022 and 2021. As in the past, our loan and securities portfolios provided meaningful liquidity in 2022, with cash flows from the repayment and sale of loans totaling $10.7 billion and cash flows from the repayment and sale of securities totaling $960 million.

Additional liquidity stems from deposits and from our use of wholesale funding sources, including brokered deposits and wholesale borrowings. In addition, we have access to the Bank’s approved lines of credit with various counterparties, including the FHLB-NY. The availability of these wholesale funding sources is generally based on the amount of mortgage loan collateral available under a blanket lien we have pledged to the respective institutions and, to a lesser extent, the amount of available securities that may be pledged to collateralize our borrowings. At December 31, 2022, our available borrowing capacity with the FHLB-NY was $11.3 billion. In addition, the Bank had available-for-sale securities of $9.1 billion, of which, $8.6 billion is unpledged.

Furthermore, the Bank has agreements with the FRB-NY that enable it to access the discount window as a further means of enhancing their liquidity. In connection with these agreements, the Bank has pledged certain loans and securities to collateralize any funds they may borrow. The maximum amount the Bank could borrow from the FRB-NY was $1.0 billion. There were no borrowings against these lines of credit at December 31, 2022.

Our primary investing activity is loan production, and the volume of loans we originated for investment totaled $17.1 billion in 2022. During this time, the net cash used in investing activities totaled $6.3 billion; the net cash provided by our operating activities totaled $1.0 billion. Our financing activities provided net cash of $5.2 billion.

CDs due to mature or reprice in one year or less from December 31, 2022 totaled $9.2 billion, representing 74 percent of total CDs at that date. Our ability to attract and retain retail deposits, including CDs, depends on numerous factors, including, among others, the convenience of our branches and our other banking channels; our customers’ satisfaction with the service they receive; the rates of interest we offer; the types of products we feature; and the attractiveness of their terms.

Our decision to compete for deposits also depends on numerous factors, including, among others, our access to deposits through acquisitions, the availability of lower-cost funding sources, the impact of competition on pricing, and the need to fund our loan demand.

The Parent Company is a separate legal entity from the Bank and must provide for its own liquidity. In addition to operating expenses and any share repurchases, the Parent Company is responsible for paying any dividends declared to our stockholders. As a Delaware corporation, the Parent Company is able to pay dividends either from surplus or, in case there is no surplus, from net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.

68

The Parent Company is a separate legal entity from the Bank and must provide for its own liquidity. In addition to operating expenses and any share repurchases, the Parent Company is responsible for paying any dividends declared to the Company’s shareholders. As a Delaware corporation, the Parent Company is able to pay dividends either from surplus or, in case there is no surplus, from net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.

Various legal restrictions limit the extent to which the Company’s subsidiary bank can supply funds to the Parent Company and its non-bank subsidiaries. The Bank would require the approval of the OCC if the dividends it declares in any calendar year were to exceed the total of its respective net profits for that year combined with its respective retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfer to paid-in capital. The term “net profits” is defined as net income for a given period less any dividends paid during that period. As a result of our acquisition of Flagstar, we are also required to seek regulatory approval from the OCC for the payment of any dividend to the Parent Company through at least the period ending November 1, 2024. In 2022, dividends of $335 million were paid by the Bank to the Parent Company. At December 31, 2022, the Bank could have paid additional dividends of $615 million to the Parent Company without regulatory approval.

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Commitments

In the normal course of business, we enter into a variety of contractual obligations in order to manage our assets and liabilities, fund loan growth, operate our branch network, and address our capital needs.

For example, we offer CDs with contractual terms to our customers, and borrow funds under contract from the FHLB-NY and various brokerage firms. These contractual obligations are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Condition under “Deposits” and “Borrowed funds,” respectively. At December 31, 2022, we had CDs of $12.5 billion and long-term debt (defined as borrowed funds with an original maturity one year or more) of $13.8 billion.

We also are obligated under certain non-cancelable operating leases on the buildings and land we use in operating our branch network and in performing our back-office responsibilities. These obligations are included in the Consolidated Statements of Condition and totaled $122 million at December 31, 2022.

At December 31, 2022, we also had commitments to extend credit in the form of mortgage and other loan originations, as well as commercial, performance stand-by, and financial stand-by letters of credit, totaling $22.4 billion. These off-balance sheet commitments consist of agreements to extend credit, as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract under which the loan is made. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee.

The letters of credit we issue consist of performance stand-by, financial stand-by, and commercial letters of credit. Financial stand-by letters of credit primarily are issued for the benefit of other financial institutions, municipalities, or landlords on behalf of certain of our current borrowers, and obligate us to guarantee payment of a specified financial obligation. Performance stand-by letters of credit are primarily issued for the benefit of local municipalities on behalf of certain of our borrowers. Performance letters of credit obligate us to make payments in the event that a specified third party fails to perform under non-financial contractual obligations. Commercial letters of credit act as a means of ensuring payment to a seller upon shipment of goods to a buyer. Although commercial letters of credit are used to effect payment for domestic transactions, the majority are used to settle payments in international trade. Typically, such letters of credit require the presentation of documents that describe the commercial transaction, and provide evidence of shipment and the transfer of title. The fees we collect in connection with the issuance of letters of credit are included in “Fee income” in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income.

Based upon our current liquidity position, we expect that our funding will be sufficient to fulfill these cash obligations and commitments when they are due both in the short term and long term.

For the year ended December 31, 2022, we did not engage in any off-balance sheet transactions reasonably likely to have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

At December 31, 2022, we had no commitments to purchase securities.

69

Capital Position

As reflected in the following table, our capital measures continued to exceed the minimum federal requirements for a bank holding company:

At December 31, 2022ActualMinimum
(dollars in millions)AmountRatioRequired Ratio
Common equity tier 1 capital$6,3359.06%4.50%
Tier 1 risk-based capital6,8389.786.00
Total risk-based capital8,15411.668.00
Leverage capital6,8389.704.00
At December 31, 2021ActualMinimum
(dollars in millions)AmountRatioRequired Ratio
Common equity tier 1 capital$4,2269.68%4.50%
Tier 1 risk-based capital4,72910.836.00
Total risk-based capital5,55812.738.00
Leverage capital4,7298.464.00

At December 31, 2022, the capital ratios for the Company and the Bank continued to exceed the levels required for classification as “well capitalized” institutions, as defined under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, and as further discussed in Note 21, “Capital,” in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

IMPACT OF INFLATION

The consolidated financial statements and notes thereto presented in this report have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which requires that we measure our financial condition and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. As a result, the impact of interest rates on our performance is greater than the impact of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction, or to the same extent, as the prices of goods and services.

IMPACT OF RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In March 2022, the FASB issued ASU No. 2022-02 - Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures. The amendments in this ASU eliminate TDR accounting for entities that have adopted ASU No. 2016-13, while enhancing disclosure requirements for certain loan modifications when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty. The ASU also requires disclosure of current period gross write-offs by year of origination for financing receivables and net investment in leases. The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

RECONCILIATIONS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY, COMMON STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY, AND TANGIBLE COMMON SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY; TOTAL ASSETS AND TANGIBLE ASSETS; AND THE RELATED MEASURES

While stockholders’ equity, common stockholders’ equity, total assets, and book value per common share are financial measures that are recorded in accordance with U.S. GAAP, tangible common stockholders’ equity, tangible

70

assets, and tangible book value per common share are not. It is management’s belief that these non-GAAP measures should be disclosed in this report and others we issue for the following reasons:

1.
Tangible common stockholders’ equity is an important indication of the Company’s ability to grow organically and through business combinations, as well as its ability to pay dividends and to engage in various capital management strategies.

2.
Tangible book value per common share and the ratio of tangible common stockholders’ equity to tangible assets are among the capital measures considered by current and prospective investors, both independent of, and in comparison with, the Company’s peers.

Tangible common stockholders’ equity, tangible assets, and the related non-GAAP measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for stockholders’ equity, common stockholders’ equity, total assets, or any other measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner in which we calculate these non-GAAP measures may differ from that of other companies reporting non-GAAP measures with similar names.

Reconciliations of our stockholders’ equity, common stockholders’ equity, and tangible common stockholders’ equity; our total assets and tangible assets; and the related financial measures for the respective periods follow:

At or for the Twelve Months Ended December 31,
(dollars in millions)20222021
Stockholders’ Equity$8,824$7,044
Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets(2,713)(2,426)
Preferred stock(503)(503)
Tangible common stockholders’ equity$5,608$4,115
Total Assets$90,144$59,527
Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets(2,713)(2,426)
Tangible assets$87,431$57,101
Common stockholders’ equity to total assets9.23%10.99%
Tangible common stockholders’ equity to tangible assets6.417.21
Book value per common share$12.21$14.07
Tangible book value per common share8.238.85

71

FY 2021 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000950170-22-002118.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2022-02-25. Report date: 2021-12-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

For the purpose of this discussion and analysis, the words “we,” “us,” “our,” and the “Company” are used to refer to New York Community Bancorp, Inc. and our consolidated subsidiaries, including New York Community Bank (the “Bank”).

Executive Summary

New York Community Bancorp, Inc. is the holding company for New York Community Bank, with 237 branches in Metro New York, New Jersey, Ohio, Florida, and Arizona. At December 31, 2021, we had total assets of $59.5 billion, including total loans of $45.7 billion, total deposits of $35.1 billion, and total stockholders’ equity of $7.0 billion.

Chartered in the State of New York, the Bank is subject to regulation by the FDIC, the CFPB, and the NYSDFS. In addition, the holding company is subject to regulation by the FRB, the SEC, and to the requirements of the NYSE, where shares of our common stock are traded under the symbol “NYCB” and shares of our preferred stock trade under the symbol “NYCB PA.” As a publicly traded company, our mission is to provide our stockholders with a solid return on their investment by producing a strong financial performance, maintaining a solid capital position, and engaging in corporate strategies that enhance the value of their shares.

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, net income was $596 million, an increase of $85 million or 17% compared to the $511 million the Company reported for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020. Net income available to common stockholders for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 was $563 million, also up $85 million and 18% compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2020. On a per share basis, this translates into diluted earnings per share of $1.20 in full-year 2021, up 18% compared to the $1.02 we reported in full-year 2020. In terms of profitability, our full-year 2021 results reflect a return on average assets of 1.04% compared to 0.94% in full-year 2020 and a return on average common stockholders' equity of 8.75% versus 7.71%.

The key trends during 2021 were:

Strong Year-Over-Year Growth In Our Loan Portfolio

At December 31, 2021, total loans and leases held for investment were $46 billion, up $2.9 billion or 7% compared to December 31, 2020. The majority of this growth took place during the fourth quarter of the year, as total loans and leases held for investment increased $2.1 billion compared to September 30, 2021. Both the year-over-year and linked-quarter increase were driven by our multi-family and specialty finance portfolios, offset by modest declines in the CRE portfolio.

At year-end 2021, multi-family loans increased $2.4 billion or 7% compared to year-end 2020 with most of this growth occurring in the fourth quarter. Multi-family loans grew $1.8 billion during the fourth quarter of 2021 compared to the third quarter of 2021. The growth in the multi-family portfolio was driven by increased activity on the part of both existing and new borrowers prompted by the expectation of higher interest rates in 2022, a strong rebound in property transactions, and the Company's ability to service and meet our borrowers' needs.

The specialty finance portfolio totaled $3.5 billion at December 31, 2021, up $451 million or 15% compared to December 31, 2020 and up $337 million compared to September 30, 2021. The increase in specialty finance loans was the result of increased borrowers demand due to improved economic activity.

Our Deposit Base Continued to Show Solid Growth

Total deposits at December 31, 2021 were $35.1 billion, up $2.6 billion or 8% compared to December 31, 2020 and increased $438 million compared to September 30, 2021. Core deposits (total deposits excluding CDs) increased to $26.6 billion at year-end 2021, up $4.5 billion or 20% compared to year-end 2020 and $738 million compared to the third quarter of 2021.

44

The year-over-year growth was driven by higher levels of non-interest bearing accounts and savings accounts. Non-interest bearing accounts at December 31, 2021 totaled $4.5 billion, up $1.5 billion or 47% compared to December 31, 2020. Savings accounts totaled $8.9 billion at December 31, 2021, increasing $2.5 billion or 39% compared to the balance at December 31, 2020. This was offset by a $1.9 billion or 18% decrease in CDs, which totaled $8.4 billion at December 31, 2021. CDs at year-end 2021 represented 24% of total deposits compared to 32% at year-end 2020.

Total deposits at year-end 2021 also reflect the impact of various initiatives we undertook during the year: the launch of our Banking as a Service business and an increase in loan-related deposits. Loan-related deposits increased $475 million or 14% to $4 billion at year-end 2021 compared to year-end 2020. Loan-related deposits include business operating accounts, which increased 37% or $318 million to $1.2 billion, representing 30% of overall loan-related deposits. Banking as a Service-related deposits totaled $1 billion in its first year.

Continued Expense Discipline

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, total non-interest expenses were $541 million, up $30 million or 6% compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2020. Included in the 2021 full-year results were $23 million of merger expenses related to our pending acquisition of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. compared to no such expenses during full-year 2020. Excluding such merger-related expenses, total operating expenses during full-year 2021 were $518 million, up $7 million or 1% compared to full-year 2020. As a result of the modest increase in operating expenses and higher net income, the efficiency ratio in 2021 declined to 38.36% compared to 44.02% in 2020.

Continued Growth in our Net Interest Income and NIM Expansion

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, both our net interest income and the NIM continued to improve. Net interest income for full-year 2021 increased $189 million or 17% to $1.3 billion compared to full-year 2020. The year-over-year increase was primarily due to lower interest expense. Interest expense fell $208 million or 34% to $400 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021. Included in net interest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 was $79 million of prepayment income, up $25 million or 46% compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2020.

Our NIM also improved during full-year 2021. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, the NIM expanded 23 bp to 2.47% compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2020. The improvement was driven by a decline in our cost of funding, which declined 51 bps to 0.88% in full-year 2021. Prepayment income added 15 bps to this year's NIM compared to 11 bps last year.

Our Asset Quality Metrics Remain Strong

NPAs at December 31, 2021 were $41 million or seven bps of total assets, down $5 million or 11% compared to $46 million or eight bps of total assets at December 31, 2020. Total NPLs also decreased $5 million or 13% to $33 million or seven bps of total loans compared to $38 million or nine bps of total loans at December 31, 2020.

Our CARES Act-related deferrals also improved. At December 31, 2021, deferred loans paying interest-only and escrow totaled $479 million, down $2.1 billion or 81% compared to year-end 2020. As of year-end 2021, the Company had zero full-payment deferrals.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results may differ from these estimates under varying conditions. On a quarterly basis, management evaluates its estimates, particularly those that involve the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments and are often about matters that are inherently uncertain. The most significant judgments and estimates relate to the accounting policy for the Allowance for Credit Losses that is discussed in more detail below.

45

The judgments used by management in applying these critical accounting policies may be influenced by adverse changes in the economic environment, which may result in changes to future financial results.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The Company’s January 1, 2020, adoption of ASU No. 2016-13, “Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments,” resulted in a significant change to our methodology for estimating the allowance since December 31, 2019. ASU No. 2016-13 replaced the incurred loss methodology with an expected loss methodology that is referred to as the CECL methodology. The measurement of expected credit losses under CECL is applicable to financial assets measured at amortized cost, including loan receivables. It also applies to off-balance sheet exposures not accounted for as insurance and net investments in leases accounted for under ASC Topic 842. At December 31, 2019, the allowance for credit losses on loans and leases totaled $148 million. On January 1, 2020, the Company adopted the CECL methodology under ASU Topic 326 and recognized an increase in the allowance for credit losses on loans and leases of $2 million as a “Day 1” transition adjustment from changes in methodology, with a corresponding decrease in retained earnings. Separately, at December 31, 2019, the Company had an allowance for unfunded commitments of $1 million. Upon adoption, the Company recognized an increase in the allowance for unfunded commitments of $13 million as a “Day 1” transition adjustment with a corresponding decrease in retained earnings.

The allowance for credit losses on loans and leases is deducted from the amortized cost basis of a financial asset or a group of financial assets so that the balance sheet reflects the net amount the Company expects to collect. Amortized cost is the unpaid loan balance, net of deferred fees and expenses, and includes negative escrow. Subsequent changes (favorable and unfavorable) in expected credit losses are recognized immediately in net income as a credit loss expense or a reversal of credit loss expense. Management estimates the allowance by projecting and multiplying together the probability-of-default, loss-given-default and exposure-at-default depending on economic parameters for each month of the remaining contractual term. Economic parameters are developed using available information relating to past events, current conditions, and economic forecasts. The Company’s economic forecast period is 24 months, and afterwards reverts to a historical average loss rate on a straight line basis over a 12 month period. Historical credit experience provides the basis for the estimation of expected credit losses, with qualitative adjustments made for differences in current loan-specific risk characteristics such as differences in underwriting standards, portfolio mix, delinquency levels and terms, as well as for changes in environmental conditions, such as changes in legislation, regulation, policies, administrative practices or other relevant factors. Expected credit losses are estimated over the contractual term of the loans, adjusted for forecasted prepayments when appropriate. The contractual term excludes potential extensions or renewals. The methodology used in the estimation of the allowance for loan and lease losses, which is performed at least quarterly, is designed to be dynamic and responsive to changes in portfolio credit quality and forecasted economic conditions. Each quarter the Company reassesses the appropriateness of the economic forecasting period, the reversion period and historical mean at the portfolio segment level, considering any required adjustments for differences in underwriting standards, portfolio mix, and other relevant data shifts over time.

The allowance for credit losses on loans and leases is measured on a collective (pool) basis when similar risk characteristics exist. The portfolio segment represents the level at which a systematic methodology is applied to estimate credit losses. Management believes the products within each of the entity’s portfolio segments exhibit similar risk characteristics. Smaller pools of homogenous financing receivables with homogeneous risk characteristics were modeled using the methodology selected for the portfolio segment. The macroeconomic data used in the quantitative models are based on a reasonable and supportable forecast period of 24 months. The Company leverages economic projections including property market and prepayment forecasts from established independent third parties to inform its loss drivers in the forecast. Beyond this forecast period, the Company reverts to a historical average loss rate. This reversion to the historical average loss rate is performed on a straight-line basis over 12 months.

Loans that do not share risk characteristics are evaluated on an individual basis. These include loans that are in nonaccrual status with balances above management determined materiality thresholds depending on loan class and also loans that are designated as TDR or “reasonably expected TDR” (criticized, classified, or maturing loans that will have a modification processed within the next three months). In addition, all taxi medallion loans are individually evaluated. If a loan is determined to be collateral dependent, or meets the criteria to apply the collateral dependent practical expedient, expected credit losses are determined based on the fair value of the collateral at the reporting date, less costs to sell as appropriate.

46

The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures. The Company estimates expected credit losses over the contractual period in which the Company is exposed to credit risk via a contractual obligation to extend credit, unless that obligation is unconditionally cancellable by the Company. The allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures is adjusted as a provision for credit losses expense. The estimate includes consideration of the likelihood that funding will occur and an estimate of expected credit losses on commitments expected to be funded over their estimated life. The Company examined historical credit conversion factor (“CCF”) trends to estimate utilization rates, and chose an appropriate mean CCF based on both management judgment and quantitative analysis. Quantitative analysis involved examination of CCFs over a range of fund-up windows (between 12 and 36 months) and comparison of the mean CCF for each fund-up window with management judgment determining whether the highest mean CCF across fund-up windows made business sense. The Company applies the same standards and estimated loss rates to the credit exposures as to the related class of loans.

When applying this critical accounting policy we incorporate several inputs and judgments that may be influenced by changes period to period. These include, but are not limited to changes in the economic environment and forecasts, changes in the credit profile and characteristics of the loan portfolio, and changes in prepayment assumptions which will result in provisions to or recoveries from the balance of the allowance for credit losses.

While changes to the economic environment forecasts, and portfolio characteristics will change from period to period, portfolio prepayments are an integral assumption in estimating the allowance for credit losses on our mortgage loan portfolio, are subject to estimation uncertainty and changes in this assumption could have a material impact to our estimation process. Prepayment assumptions are sensitive to interest rates and existing loan terms and determine the weighted average life of the mortgage loan portfolio. Excluding other factors, as the weighted average life of the portfolio increases or decreases, so will the required amount of the allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans. A 20% decrease in prepayment assumptions would lead to an increase in the required allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans of approximately 6%.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Balance Sheet Summary

At December 31, 2021, total assets were $59.5 billion, up $3.2 billion or 6% compared to December 31, 2020 and up $1.6 billion compared to the third quarter of 2021. The growth compared to both periods was driven by high-single digit loan growth funded primarily through deposits and a fourth-quarter increase in the level of whole sale borrowings.

Total loans and leases held for investment of $45.7 billion increased $2.9 billion or 7% compared to December 31, 2020 and rose $2.1 billion compared to September 30, 2021. Both the year-over-year and linked-quarter was due to growth in both the multi-family and specialty finance portfolios, offset by modest declines in the CRE portfolio.

Total deposits for the full year were $35.1 billion, up $2.6 billion or 8% compared to last year and increased $438 million compared to the previous quarter. Core deposits (total deposits excluding CDs) increased to $26.6 billion of year-end 2021, up $4.5 billion or 20% compared to year-end 2020 and $738 million compared to the third quarter of 2021.

Borrowed funds totaled $16.6 billion of year-end 2021, up $478 million or 3% compared to year-end 2020. Given the strong loan growth during the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company utilized borrowings of all which were FHLB-NY advances to fund some of this growth. Accordingly, borrowed funds during the fourth quarter increased $1.1 billion compared to the third quarter of 2021.

Loans Held for Investment

The majority of the loans we produce are multi-family loans. Our production of multi-family loans began several decades ago in the five boroughs of New York City, where the majority of the rental units currently consist of rent-regulated apartments featuring below-market rents. In addition to multi-family loans, our loan portfolio contains a large number of CRE credits, most of which are secured by income-producing properties located in New York City and on Long Island.

47

In addition to multi-family loans and CRE loans, our specialty finance loans and leases have become an increasingly larger portion of our overall loan portfolio. The remainder of our portfolio includes smaller balances of C&I loan, one-to-four family loans, ADC loans, and other loans held for investment. The majority of our C&I loans consist of loans to small- and mid-size businesses.

In 2021, we originated $13.1 billion of loans, a $276 million or a 2% increase from the prior year. The higher level of originations was largely driven by a 17% increase in specialty finance originations.

Multi-Family Loans

Multi-family loans are our principal asset. The loans we produce are primarily secured by non-luxury residential apartment buildings in New York City that feature rent-regulated units and below-market rents—a market we refer to as our “primary lending niche.” Consistent with our emphasis on multi-family lending, multi-family loan originations represented $8.3 billion, or 63%, of the loans we produced for investment in 2021.

At December 31, 2021, multi-family loans represented $34.6 billion, or 76%, of total loans held for investment, reflecting a year-over-year increase of $2.4 billion, or 7%.

The majority of our multi-family loans were secured by rental apartment buildings.

At December 31, 2021, $22.1 billion or 64% of the Company’s total multi-family loan portfolio is secured by properties in New York State and, therefore, are subject to the new rent regulation laws. The weighted average LTV of the NYS rent regulated multi-family portfolio was 55.62% as of December 31, 2021, compared to a weighted average LTV of 59.29% for the entire multi-family loan portfolio at that date.

In addition to underwriting multi-family loans on the basis of the buildings’ income and condition, we consider the borrowers’ credit history, profitability, and building management expertise. Borrowers are required to present evidence of their ability to repay the loan from the buildings’ current rent rolls, their financial statements, and related documents.

While a percentage of our multi-family loans are ten-year fixed rate credits, the vast majority of our multi-family loans feature a term of ten or twelve years, with a fixed rate of interest for the first five or seven years of the loan, and an alternative rate of interest in years six through ten or eight through twelve. The rate charged in the first five or seven years is generally based on intermediate-term interest rates plus a spread.

During the remaining years, the loan resets to an annually adjustable rate that is tied to the prime rate of interest, plus a spread. Alternately, the borrower may opt for a fixed rate that is tied to the five-year fixed advance rate of the FHLB-NY, plus a spread. The fixed-rate option also requires the payment of one percentage point of the then-outstanding loan balance. In either case, the minimum rate at repricing is equivalent to the rate in the initial five-or seven-year term. As the rent roll increases, the typical property owner seeks to refinance the mortgage, and generally does so before the loan reprices in year six or eight.

Multi-family loans that refinance within the first five or seven years are typically subject to an established prepayment penalty schedule. Depending on the remaining term of the loan at the time of prepayment, the penalties normally range from five percentage points to one percentage point of the then-current loan balance. If a loan extends past the fifth or seventh year and the borrower selects the fixed-rate option, the prepayment penalties typically reset to a range of five points to one point over years six through ten or eight through twelve. For example, a ten-year multi-family loan that prepays in year three would generally be expected to pay a prepayment penalty equal to three percentage points of the remaining principal balance. A twelve-year multi-family loan that prepays in year one or two would generally be expected to pay a penalty equal to five percentage points.

Because prepayment penalties are recorded as interest income, they are reflected in the average yields on our loans and interest-earning assets, our net interest rate spread and net interest margin, and the level of net interest income we record. No assumptions are involved in the recognition of prepayment income, as such income is only recorded when cash is received.

48

Our success as a multi-family lender partly reflects the solid relationships we have developed with the market’s leading mortgage brokers, who are familiar with our lending practices, our underwriting standards, and our long-standing practice of basing our loans on the cash flows produced by the properties. The process of producing such loans is generally four to six weeks in duration and, because the multi-family market is largely broker-driven, the expense incurred in sourcing such loans is substantially reduced.

Our emphasis on multi-family loans is driven by several factors, including their structure, which reduces our exposure to interest rate volatility to some degree. Another factor driving our focus on multi-family lending has been the comparative quality of the loans we produce. Reflecting the nature of the buildings securing our loans, our underwriting standards, and the generally conservative LTV ratios our multi-family loans feature at origination, a relatively small percentage of the multi-family loans that have transitioned to non-performing status have actually resulted in losses, even when the credit cycle has taken a downward turn.

We primarily underwrite our multi-family loans based on the current cash flows produced by the collateral property, with a reliance on the “income” approach to appraising the properties, rather than the “sales” approach. The sales approach is subject to fluctuations in the real estate market, as well as general economic conditions, and is therefore likely to be more risky in the event of a downward credit cycle turn. We also consider a variety of other factors, including the physical condition of the underlying property; the net operating income of the mortgaged premises prior to debt service; the DSCR, which is the ratio of the property’s net operating income to its debt service; and the ratio of the loan amount to the appraised value (i.e., the LTV) of the property.

In addition to requiring a minimum DSCR of 120% on multi-family buildings, we obtain a security interest in the personal property located on the premises, and an assignment of rents and leases. Our multi-family loans generally represent no more than 75% of the lower of the appraised value or the sales price of the underlying property, and typically feature an amortization period of 30 years. In addition, our multi-family loans may contain an initial interest-only period which typically does not exceed two years; however, these loans are underwritten on a fully amortizing basis.

Accordingly, while our multi-family lending niche has not been immune to downturns in the credit cycle, the limited number of losses we have recorded, even in adverse credit cycles, suggests that the multi-family loans we produce involve less credit risk than certain other types of loans. In general, buildings that are subject to rent regulation have tended to be stable, with occupancy levels remaining more or less constant over time. Because the rents are typically below market and the buildings securing our loans are generally maintained in good condition, they have been more likely to retain their tenants in adverse economic times. In addition, we exclude any short-term property tax exemptions and abatement benefits the property owners receive when we underwrite our multi-family loans.

Commercial Real Estate Loans

At December 31, 2021, CRE loans represented $6.7 billion, or 15%, of total loans held for investment, reflecting a year-over-year decrease of $138 million or 2.0% compared to December 31, 2020.

CRE loans represented $893 million, or 7%, of the loans we originated in 2021, as compared to $958 million, or 7%, in the prior year.

The CRE loans we produce are secured by income-producing properties such as office buildings, retail centers, mixed-use buildings, and multi-tenanted light industrial properties. At December 31, 2021, 83.5% of our CRE loans were secured by properties in the metro New York City area, while properties in other parts of New York State accounted for 2.3% of the properties securing our CRE credits, while all other states accounted for 14.2%, combined.

49

The terms of our CRE loans are similar to the terms of our multi-family credits. While a small percentage of our CRE loans feature ten-year fixed-rate terms, they primarily feature a fixed rate of interest for the first five or seven years of the loan that is generally based on intermediate-term interest rates plus a spread. During years six through ten or eight through twelve, the loan resets to an annually adjustable rate that is tied to the prime rate of interest, plus a spread. Alternately, the borrower may opt for a fixed rate that is tied to the five-year fixed advance rate of the FHLB-NY plus a spread. The fixed-rate option also requires the payment of an amount equal to one percentage point of the then-outstanding loan balance. In either case, the minimum rate at repricing is equivalent to the rate in the initial five- or seven-year term.

Prepayment penalties apply to our CRE loans, as they do our multi-family credits. Depending on the remaining term of the loan at the time of prepayment, the penalties normally range from five percentage points to one percentage point of the then-current loan balance. If a loan extends past the fifth or seventh year and the borrower selects the fixed rate option, the prepayment penalties typically reset to a range of five points to one point over years six through ten or eight through twelve. Our CRE loans tend to refinance within two to three years of origination, as reflected in the expected weighted average life of the CRE portfolio noted above.

The repayment of loans secured by commercial real estate is often dependent on the successful operation and management of the underlying properties. To minimize our credit risk, we originate CRE loans in adherence with conservative underwriting standards, and require that such loans qualify on the basis of the property’s current income stream and DSCR. The approval of a loan also depends on the borrower’s credit history, profitability, and expertise in property management, and generally requires a minimum DSCR of 130% and a maximum LTV of 65%. In addition, the origination of CRE loans typically requires a security interest in the fixtures, equipment, and other personal property of the borrower and/or an assignment of the rents and/or leases. In addition, our CRE loans may contain an interest-only period which typically does not exceed three years; however, these loans are underwritten on a fully amortizing basis.

Specialty Finance Loans and Leases

At December 31, 2021, specialty finance loans and leases totaled $3.5 billion or 8% of total loans held for investment, up $451 million or 15% compared to December 31, 2020.

We produce our specialty finance loans and leases through a subsidiary that is staffed by a group of industry veterans with expertise in originating and underwriting senior securitized debt and equipment loans and leases. The subsidiary participates in syndicated loans that are brought to them, and equipment loans and leases that are assigned to them, by a select group of nationally recognized sources, and are generally made to large corporate obligors, many of which are publicly traded, carry investment grade or near-investment grade ratings, and participate in stable industries nationwide.

The specialty finance loans and leases we fund fall into three categories: asset-based lending, dealer floor-plan lending, and equipment loan and lease financing. Each of these credits is secured with a perfected first security interest in, or outright ownership of, the underlying collateral, and structured as senior debt or as a non-cancelable lease. As of December 31, 2021 NYCB Specialty Finance has $3.7 billion of loans outstanding versus $5.6 billion in loan commitments. Of the $5.6 billion in NYCB Specialty Finance commitments, 69% or $3.9 billion are structured as floating rate obligations which will benefit in a rising rate environment. All floating rate obligations are being transitioned from LIBOR to an appropriate LIBOR replacement index in accordance with the regulatory guidance provided around LIBOR cessation.

During 2021, the Company originated $3.2 billion of specialty finance loans and leases, representing 24% of total originations compared to $2.7 billion during 2020, representing 21% of total originations.

Since launching our specialty finance business in the third quarter of 2013, no losses have been recorded on any of the loans or leases in this portfolio.

50

C&I Loans

In the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, C&I loans increased $132 million or 34% to $526 million, or 1% of total loans, and represented $536 million or 4% of the held for investment loans we originated.

In contrast to the loans produced by our specialty finance subsidiary, the C&I loans we produce are primarily made to small and mid-size businesses in the five boroughs of New York City and on Long Island. Such loans are tailored to meet the specific needs of our borrowers, and include term loans, demand loans, revolving lines of credit, and, to a much lesser extent, loans that are partly guaranteed by the Small Business Administration.

A broad range of C&I loans, both collateralized and unsecured, are made available to businesses for working capital (including inventory and accounts receivable), business expansion, the purchase of machinery and equipment, and other general corporate needs. In determining the term and structure of C&I loans, several factors are considered, including the purpose, the collateral, and the anticipated sources of repayment. C&I loans are typically secured by business assets and personal guarantees of the borrower, and include financial covenants to monitor the borrower’s financial stability.

The interest rates on our C&I loans can be fixed or floating, with floating-rate loans being tied to prime or some other market index, plus an applicable spread. Our floating-rate loans may or may not feature a floor rate of interest. The decision to require a floor on C&I loans depends on the level of competition we face for such loans from other institutions, the direction of market interest rates, and the profitability of our relationship with the borrower.

Acquisition, Development, and Construction Loans

At December 31, 2021, ADC loans represented $209 million, or 0.5%, of total loans held for investment, as compared to $90 million, or 0.2%, at the prior year-end. Originations of ADC loans totaled $119 million in 2021, up from $35 million at December 31, 2020.

Because ADC loans are generally considered to have a higher degree of credit risk, especially during a downturn in the credit cycle, borrowers are required to provide a guarantee of repayment and completion. In the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, we did not recover any losses against guarantees. The risk of loss on an ADC loan is largely dependent upon the accuracy of the initial appraisal of the property’s value upon completion of construction; the developer’s experience; the estimated cost of construction, including interest; and the estimated time to complete and/or sell or lease such property.

When applicable, as a condition to closing an ADC loan, it is our practice to require that properties meet pre-sale or pre-lease requirements prior to funding.

One-to-Four Family Loans

At December 31, 2021, one-to-four family loans represented $160 million, or 0.3%, of total loans held for investment, as compared to $236 million, or 0.6%, at the prior year-end. These loan balances include certain mixed-use CRE loans with less than five residential units classified as one-to-four family loans. Other than these types of loans, we do not currently originate traditional one-to-four family loans.

Other Loans

At December 31, 2021, other loans totaled $6 million and consisted primarily of consumer loans, most of which were overdraft loans and loans to non-profit organizations. We currently do not offer home equity loans or lines of credit.

Lending Authority

The Board of Directors updated certain aspects of the Company's lending authority as detailed below. These changes were effective as of July 21, 2021.

51

Multi-family, CRE, ADC, and specialty finance loans less than or equal to $10 million and C&I loans less than or equal to $5 million are approved by the joint authority of lending officers. C&I loans in excess of $5 million and all multi-family, CRE, ADC, and specialty finance loans in excess of $10 million are required to be presented to the Management Credit Committee for approval. Multi-family, CRE, ADC, and specialty finance loans in excess of $50 million and C&I loans in excess of $10 million are also required to be presented to the Board Credit Committee of the Board, so that the Committee can review the loan’s associated risks and approve the credit. The Board Credit Committee has authority to direct changes in lending practices as they deem necessary or appropriate in order to address individual or aggregate risks and credit exposures in accordance with the Bank’s strategic objectives and risk appetites.

In addition, all loans of $50 million or more originated by the Bank continue to be reported to the Board of Directors.

In 2021, 251 loans greater than $10 million were originated by the Bank, with an aggregate loan balance of $7.0 billion at origination. In 2020, by comparison, 252 loans greater than $10 million were originated, with an aggregate loan balance at origination of $7.5 billion.

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the largest mortgage loan in our portfolio was a $329 million multi-family loan, which is collateralized by six properties located in Brooklyn, New York. As of the date of this report, the loan has been current since origination.

Geographical Analysis of the Portfolio of Loans Held for Investment

The following table presents a geographical analysis of the multi-family and CRE loans in our held-for-investment loan portfolio at December 31, 2021:

At December 31, 2021
Multi-Family LoansCommercial Real Estate Loans
(dollars in millions)AmountPercent of TotalAmountPercent of Total
New York City:
Manhattan$7,73122.34%$2,86742.80%
Brooklyn6,14417.763635.42
Bronx3,57710.341432.14
Queens2,9008.385958.88
Staten Island1240.36530.79
Total New York City$20,47659.18%$4,02160.03%
New Jersey4,70413.595458.14
Long Island5631.631,02615.32
Total Metro New York$25,74374.40%$5,59283.49%
Other New York State1,0933.161572.34
Pennsylvania3,2669.443234.82
Florida1,3904.022193.27
Ohio6962.01220.33
Arizona4121.19100.15
All other states2,0035.803755.60
Total$34,603100.00%$6,698100.00%

At December 31, 2021, the majority of our other loans held for investment, excluding specialty finance loans and leases, were secured by properties and/or businesses located in Metro New York.

52

Loan Maturity and Repricing Analysis: Loans Held for Investment

The following table sets forth the maturity or period to repricing of our portfolio of loans held for investment at December 31, 2021. Loans that have adjustable rates are shown as being due in the period during which their interest rates are next subject to change.

(in millions)Multi- FamilyCommercial Real EstateOne-to- Four FamilyAcquisition, Development, and ConstructionOtherTotal Loans
Amount due:
Within one year$8,752$2,352$123$177$2,750$14,154
After one year:
One to five years22,3813,74836291,12327,317
Over five years to fifteen years3,445598131014,148
Over fifteen years253762
Total due or repricing after one year25,8514,34637321,26131,527
Total amounts due or repricing, gross$34,603$6,698$160$209$4,011$45,681

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2021, the dollar amount of all loans held for investment that are due after December 31, 2022, and indicates whether such loans have fixed or adjustable rates of interest:

Due after December 31, 2022
(in millions)FixedAdjustableTotal
Mortgage Loans:
Multi-family$4,809$21,042$25,851
Commercial real estate4553,8914,346
One-to-four family37-37
Acquisition, development, and construction32-32
Total mortgage loans5,33324,93330,266
Other loans1,192691,261
Total loans$6,525$25,002$31,527

Loans Held for Sale

At December 31, 2021, loans held for sale were zero compared to $117 million at December 31, 2020. The balance at year-end 2020 consisted entirely of Paycheck Protection Program loans. During 2020 and the first half of 2021, the Company was a participant in the Small Business Administration Paycheck Protection Program, a loan program established to help consumers and small businesses during the COVID-19 pandemic. During the second quarter of 2021, the Company transferred the $94 million of PPP loans remaining on the balance sheet that were held for sale to the held for investment C&I portfolio.

53

Loan Origination Analysis

The following table summarizes our production of loans held for investment in the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

For the Years Ended December 31,
20212020
(dollars in millions)AmountPercent of TotalAmountPercent of Total
Mortgage Loan Originated for Investment:
Multi-family$8,25662.87%$8,71267.78%
Commercial real estate8936.809587.45
One-to-four family residential1681.28580.45
Acquisition, development, and construction1190.91350.27
Total mortgage loans originated for investment9,43671.869,76375.95
Other Loans Originated for Investment:
Specialty finance3,15324.012,69520.96
Other commercial and industrial5364.083933.06
Other60.0540.03
Total other loans originated for investment3,69528.143,09224.05
Total loans originated for investment$13,131100.00%$12,855100.00%

Loan Portfolio Analysis

The following table summarizes the composition of our loan portfolio at each year-end for the three years ended December 31, 2021:

At December 31,
202120202019
(dollars in millions)AmountPercent of Total LoansAmountPercent of Total LoansAmountPercent of Total Loans
Mortgage Loans:
Multi-family$34,60375.75%$32,23675.07%$31,15974.46%
Commercial real estate6,69814.666,83615.927,08216.93
One-to-four family1600.352360.553800.91
Acquisition, development, and construction2090.46900.212010.48
Total mortgage loans41,67091.2239,39891.7538,82292.78
Other Loans:
Specialty finance3,4797.623,0247.042,5946.20
Other commercial and industrial5271.163930.924201.00
Other loans50.0170.0280.02
Total other loans4,0118.783,4247.983,0227.22
Total loans held for investment$45,681100.00$42,82299.73$41,844100.00
Loans held for sale-1170.27
Total loans$45,681100.00%$42,939100.00%$41,844100.00%
Net deferred loan origination costs576250
Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases(199)(194)(148)
Total loans and leases, net$45,539$42,807$41,746

54

Asset Quality

Loans Held for Investment and Repossessed Assets

Total NPAs were $41 million or 0.07% of total assets at December 31, 2021, down 11% or $5 million compared to $46 million or 0.08% of total assets at December 31, 2020. Total non-accrual mortgage loans increased $9 million to $27 million, while other non-accrual loans, consisting mainly of taxi medallion-related loans, declined $14 million to $6 million compared to $20 million at December 31, 2020. Included in these amounts were non-accrual taxi medallion-related loans of $6 million and $19 million, respectively.

Repossessed assets totaled $8 million, unchanged compared to the balance at December 31, 2020. As is the case with other non-accrual loans, the majority of the Company’s repossessed assets consist of taxi medallions. Taxi medallions represented $5 million of total repossessed assets at December 31, 2021 compared to $7 million at December 31, 2020.

The following table presents our non-performing loans by loan type and the changes in the respective balances from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021:

Change from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021
(dollars in millions)December 31, 2021December 31, 2020AmountPercent
Non-Performing Loans:
Non-accrual mortgage loans:
Multi-family$10$4$6150%
Commercial real estate1612433
One-to-four family12(1)(50)
Acquisition, development, and construction
Total non-accrual mortgage loans2718950
Non-accrual other loans (1)620(14)(70)
Total non-performing loans$33$38$(5)(13)

(1)
Includes $6 million and $19 million of non-accrual taxi medallion-related loans at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The following table sets forth the changes in non-performing loans over the twelve months ended December 31, 2021:

(in millions)
Balance at December 31, 2020$38
New non-accrual31
Charge-offs(10)
Transferred to repossessed assets
Loan payoffs, including dispositions and principal pay-downs(20)
Restored to performing status(6)
Balance at December 31, 2021$33

A loan generally is classified as a “non-accrual” loan when it is 90 days or more past due or when it is deemed to be impaired because we no longer expect to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, we cease the accrual of interest owed, and previously accrued interest is reversed and charged against interest income. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, all of our non-performing loans were non-accrual loans. A loan is generally returned to accrual status when the loan is current and we have reasonable assurance that the loan will be fully collectible.

55

We monitor non-accrual loans both within and beyond our primary lending area in the same manner. Monitoring loans generally involves inspecting and re-appraising the collateral properties; holding discussions with the principals and managing agents of the borrowing entities and/or retained legal counsel, as applicable; requesting financial, operating, and rent roll information; confirming that hazard insurance is in place or force-placing such insurance; monitoring tax payment status and advancing funds as needed; and appointing a receiver, whenever possible, to collect rents, manage the operations, provide information, and maintain the collateral properties.

It is our policy to order updated appraisals for all non-performing loans, irrespective of loan type, that are collateralized by multi-family buildings, CRE properties, or land, in the event that such a loan is 90 days or more past due, and if the most recent appraisal on file for the property is more than one year old. Appraisals are ordered annually until such time as the loan becomes performing and is returned to accrual status. It is not our policy to obtain updated appraisals for performing loans. However, appraisals may be ordered for performing loans when a borrower requests an increase in the loan amount, a modification in loan terms, or an extension of a maturing loan. We do not analyze current LTVs on a portfolio-wide basis.

Non-performing loans are reviewed regularly by management and discussed on a monthly basis with the Mortgage Committee, the Credit Committee, and the Board of Directors of the Bank, as applicable. In accordance with our charge-off policy, collateral-dependent non-performing loans are written down to their current appraised values, less certain transaction costs. Workout specialists from our Loan Workout Unit actively pursue borrowers who are delinquent in repaying their loans in an effort to collect payment. In addition, outside counsel with experience in foreclosure proceedings are retained to institute such action with regard to such borrowers.

Properties and other assets that are acquired through foreclosure are classified as repossessed assets, and are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition, less the estimated cost of selling the property. Subsequent declines in the fair value of the assets are charged to earnings and are included in non-interest expense. It is our policy to require an appraisal and an environmental assessment of properties classified as OREO before foreclosure, and to re-appraise the properties on an as-needed basis, and not less than annually, until they are sold. We dispose of such properties as quickly and prudently as possible, given current market conditions and the property’s condition.

To mitigate the potential for credit losses, we underwrite our loans in accordance with credit standards that we consider to be prudent. In the case of multi-family and CRE loans, we look first at the consistency of the cash flows being generated by the property to determine its economic value using the “income approach,” and then at the market value of the property that collateralizes the loan. The amount of the loan is then based on the lower of the two values, with the economic value more typically used.

The condition of the collateral property is another critical factor. Multi-family buildings and CRE properties are inspected from rooftop to basement as a prerequisite to approval, with a member of the Mortgage or Credit Committee participating in inspections on multi-family loans to be originated in excess of $7.5 million, and a member of the Mortgage or Credit Committee participating in inspections on CRE loans to be originated in excess of $4.0 million. Furthermore, independent appraisers, whose appraisals are carefully reviewed by our experienced in-house appraisal officers and staff, perform appraisals on collateral properties. In many cases, a second independent appraisal review is performed.

In addition, we work with a select group of mortgage brokers who are familiar with our credit standards and whose track record with our lending officers is typically greater than ten years. Furthermore, in New York City, where the majority of the buildings securing our multi-family loans are located, the rents that tenants may be charged on certain apartments are typically restricted under certain rent-control or rent-stabilization laws. As a result, the rents that tenants pay for such apartments are generally lower than current market rents. Buildings with a preponderance of such rent-regulated apartments are less likely to experience vacancies in times of economic adversity.

Reflecting the strength of the underlying collateral for these loans and the collateral structure, a relatively small percentage of our non-performing multi-family loans have resulted in losses over time.

To further manage our credit risk, our lending policies limit the amount of credit granted to any one borrower, and typically require minimum DSCRs of 120% for multi-family loans and 130% for CRE loans. Although we typically lend up to 75% of the appraised value on multi-family buildings and up to 65% on commercial properties,

56

the average LTVs of such credits at origination were below those amounts at December 31, 2021. Exceptions to these LTV limitations are minimal and are reviewed on a case-by-case basis.

The repayment of loans secured by commercial real estate is often dependent on the successful operation and management of the underlying properties. To minimize our credit risk, we originate CRE loans in adherence with conservative underwriting standards, and require that such loans qualify on the basis of the property’s current income stream and DSCR. The approval of a CRE loan also depends on the borrower’s credit history, profitability, and expertise in property management. Given that our CRE loans are underwritten in accordance with underwriting standards that are similar to those applicable to our multi-family credits, the percentage of our non-performing CRE loans that have resulted in losses has been comparatively small over time.

Multi-family and CRE loans are generally originated at conservative LTVs and DSCRs, as previously stated. Low LTVs provide a greater likelihood of full recovery and reduce the possibility of incurring a severe loss on a credit; in many cases, they reduce the likelihood of the borrower “walking away” from the property. Although borrowers may default on loan payments, they have a greater incentive to protect their equity in the collateral property and to return their loans to performing status. Furthermore, in the case of multi-family loans, the cash flows generated by the properties are generally below-market and have significant value.

With regard to ADC loans, we typically lend up to 75% of the estimated as-completed market value of multi-family and residential tract projects; however, in the case of home construction loans to individuals, the limit is 80%. With respect to commercial construction loans, we typically lend up to 65% of the estimated as-completed market value of the property. Credit risk is also managed through the loan disbursement process. Loan proceeds are disbursed periodically in increments as construction progresses, and as warranted by inspection reports provided to us by our own lending officers and/or consulting engineers.

To minimize the risk involved in specialty finance lending and leasing, each of our credits is secured with a perfected first security interest or outright ownership in the underlying collateral, and structured as senior debt or as a non-cancellable lease. To further minimize the risk involved in specialty finance lending and leasing, we re-underwrite each transaction. In addition, we retain outside counsel to conduct a further review of the underlying documentation.

Other C&I loans are typically underwritten on the basis of the cash flows produced by the borrower’s business, and are generally collateralized by various business assets, including, but not limited to, inventory, equipment, and accounts receivable. As a result, the capacity of the borrower to repay is substantially dependent on the degree to which the business is successful. Furthermore, the collateral underlying the loan may depreciate over time, may not be conducive to appraisal, and may fluctuate in value, based upon the operating results of the business. Accordingly, personal guarantees are also a normal requirement for other C&I loans.

The procedures we follow with respect to delinquent loans are generally consistent across all categories, with late charges assessed, and notices mailed to the borrower, at specified dates. We attempt to reach the borrower by telephone to ascertain the reasons for delinquency and the prospects for repayment. When contact is made with a borrower at any time prior to foreclosure or recovery against collateral property, we attempt to obtain full payment, and will consider a repayment schedule to avoid taking such action. Delinquencies are addressed by our Loan Workout Unit and every effort is made to collect rather than initiate foreclosure proceedings.

57

The following table presents our loans 30 to 89 days past due by loan type and the changes in the respective balances from December 31, 2021 to December 31, 2020:

Change from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021
(dollars in millions)December 31, 2021December 31, 2020AmountPercent
Loans 30-89 Days Past Due:
Multi-family$57$4$531325%
Commercial real estate210(8)-80
One-to-four family826300
Acquisition, development, and construction-NM
Other loans-NM
Total loans 30-89 days past due$67$16$51319%

Fair values for all multi-family buildings, CRE properties, and land are determined based on the appraised value. If an appraisal is more than one year old and the loan is classified as either non-performing or as an accruing TDR, then an updated appraisal is required to determine fair value. Estimated disposition costs are deducted from the fair value of the property to determine estimated net realizable value. In the instance of an outdated appraisal on an impaired loan, we adjust the original appraisal by using a third-party index value to determine the extent of impairment until an updated appraisal is received.

While we strive to originate loans that will perform fully, adverse economic and market conditions, among other factors, can negatively impact a borrower’s ability to repay. Historically, our level of charge-offs has been relatively low in downward credit cycles, even when the volume of non-performing loans has increased. In 2021, we recorded a net recovery of $2 million, as compared to net charge-offs of $19 million in the previous year. Taxi medallion-related net charge-offs accounted for $2 million of this year's amount compared to $12 million of last year's amount.

Partially reflecting the net recoveries noted above, and the provision of $3 million for the allowance for loan losses, the allowance for losses on loans increased $5 million, equaling $199 million at December 31, 2021 from $194 million at December 31, 2020. Reflecting the decrease in non-performing loans cited earlier in this discussion, the allowance for credit losses represented 611.79% of non-performing loans at December 31, 2021, as compared to 513.55% at the prior year-end.

Based upon all relevant and available information at the end of this December, management believes that the allowance for losses on loans was appropriate at that date.

The following table presents information about our five largest non-performing loans at December 31, 2021:

(dollars in millions)Loan No. 1Loan No. 2 (2)Loan No. 3Loan No. 4Loan No. 5
Type of LoanCREMulti-FamilyCREMulti-FamilyCRE
Origination date06/20/1407/28/201509/20/201607/24/202006/16/2003
Origination balance$10$8$10$2$2
Full commitment balance (1)$10$8$10$2$2
Balance at December 31, 2021$8$7$6$2$1
Associated allowance$$$$$
Non-accrual dateOctober 2019January 2021November 2021November 2021October 2015
Origination LTV65%59%72%25%68%
Current LTV86%84%95%26%23%
Last appraisalNovember 2021August 2021May 2021December 2021August 2021

(1)
There are no funds available for further advances on the five largest non-performing loans.

(2)
Loan is a Troubled Debt Restructure.

58

The following is a description of the five loans identified in the preceding table.

No. 1 - The borrower is an owner of real estate and is based in New York. The loan is collateralized by an 8,566 square foot, retail condo unit located in New York, New York.

No. 2 - The borrower is an owner of real estate and is based in New York. The loan is collateralized by a 6 story plus basement walk-up, mixed use building, containing 50 residential units and 5 commercial units, located in New York, NY.

No. 3 - The borrower is an owner of real estate and is based in New Florida. The loan is collateralized by retail property containing 8,490 square feet of gross leasable area, located in Miami, Fl.

No. 4 - The borrower is an owner of real estate and is based in New York. This loan is collateralized by one three (3) story walk-up building containing 6 residential units, 1 four (4) story walk-up building containing 8 residential units and 1 four (4) story mixed use building containing 6 residential units and 1 commercial unit located in Brooklyn, New York.

No. 5 - The borrower is an owner of real estate and is based in New York. This loan is collateralized by a 19,508 square foot commercial building in Woodhaven, New York.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

In an effort to proactively manage delinquent loans, we have selectively extended such concessions as rate reductions and extensions of maturity dates, as well as forbearance agreements, to certain borrowers who have experienced financial difficulty. In accordance with GAAP, we are required to account for such loan modifications or restructurings as TDRs.

The eligibility of a borrower for work-out concessions of any nature depends upon the facts and circumstances of each transaction, which may change from period to period, and involve management’s judgment regarding the likelihood that the concession will result in the maximum recovery for the Company.

Loans modified as TDRs are placed on non-accrual status until we determine that future collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured. This generally requires that the borrower demonstrate performance according to the restructured terms for at least six consecutive months.

At December 31, 2021, loans modified as TDRs totaled $29 million, including accruing loans of $16 million and non-accrual loans of $13 million. At the prior year-end, loans modified as TDRs totaled $34 million, including accruing loans of $15 million and non-accrual loans of $19 million.

Analysis of Troubled Debt Restructurings

The following table sets forth the changes in our TDRs over the twelve months ended December 31, 2021:

(in millions)AccruingNon- AccrualTotal
Balance at December 31, 2020$15$19$34
New TDRs11011
Charge-offs(4)(4)
Transferred from performing
Loan payoffs, including dispositions and principal pay-downs(12)(12)
Balance at December 31, 2021$16$13$29

Loans on which concessions were made with respect to rate reductions and/or extensions of maturity dates totaled $29 million and $18 million, respectively, at December 31, 2021 and 2020; loans in connection with which forbearance agreements were reached amounted to $0 million and $16 million at the respective dates.

59

Based on the number of loans performing in accordance with their revised terms, our success rate for restructured CRE loans was 100%; for one-to-four loans it was 0% at the end of this December; our success rate for other loans was 15%, at that date.

On a limited basis, we may provide additional credit to a borrower after the loan has been placed on non-accrual status or modified as a TDR if, in management’s judgment, the value of the property after the additional loan funding is greater than the initial value of the property plus the additional loan funding amount. In 2021, no such additional credit was provided. Furthermore, the terms of our restructured loans typically would not restrict us from cancelling outstanding commitments for other credit facilities to a borrower in the event of non-payment of a restructured loan.

For additional information about our TDRs at December 31, 2021 and 2020, see the discussion of “Asset Quality” in Note 5, “Loans and Leases” in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Except for the non-accrual loans and TDRs disclosed in this filing, we did not have any potential problem loans at December 31, 2021 that would have caused management to have serious doubts as to the ability of a borrower to comply with present loan repayment terms and that would have resulted in such disclosure if that were the case.

Loan Deferrals

Under U.S. GAAP, banks are required to assess modifications to a loan’s terms for potential classification as a TDR. A loan to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty is classified as a TDR when a lender grants a concession that it would otherwise not consider, such as a payment deferral or interest concession. In order to encourage banks to work with impacted borrowers, the CARES Act and bank regulators have provided relief from TDR accounting. The main benefits of TDR relief include a capital benefit in the form of reduced risk-weighted assets, as TDRs are more heavily risk-weighted for capital purposes; aging of the loans is frozen, i.e., they will continue to be reported in the same delinquency bucket they were in at the time of modification; and the loans are generally not reported as non-accrual during the modification period.

Under the CARES Act, the Company made the election to deem that loan modifications do not result in TDRs if they are (1) related to the novel coronavirus disease (“COVID-19”); (2) executed on a loan that was not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019; and (3) executed between March 1, 2020, and the earlier of (A) 60 days after the date of termination of the COVID-19 national emergency declaration or (B) December 31, 2020. In December 2020, Congress amended the CARES Act through the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2021, which provided additional COVID-19 relief to American families and businesses, including extending TDR relief under the CARES Act. The CARES Act expired on December 31, 2021.

During the second quarter of 2020, the Company implemented various loan modification programs with some of its borrowers, in accordance with the CARES Act and interagency regulatory guidance. These modifications were primarily full payment deferrals for an initial six month period, with the ability to extend again at the end of the deferral period, at the Bank’s discretion. Most of these deferrals were entered into during April and May, and were therefore, they were eligible to come off of their deferral period beginning in the fourth quarter of 2020, and the remaining were eligible to come off their deferral during the first quarter of 2021. Accordingly, at December 31, 2021, 100% of the Company's full-payment deferrals had returned to payment status.

In addition to the full-payment deferrals, the Company entered into certain modifications whereby the borrowers are paying interest and escrow only. At December 31, 2021, principal deferrals totaled $479 million, down $2.1 billion or 81% compared to $2.5 billion at December 31, 2020 and down $435 million or 48% compared to $914 million at September 30, 2021.

60

The following table reflects as of December 31, 2021, the aggregate amount of principal deferrals by various categories:

Deferred as
a % ofWeighted
Amount inOutstandingTotalAverage
DeferralBalancePortfolioLTV
(dollars in millions)
Multi-Family$351$34,5711.0%56.8%
CRE:
Office1133,1123.6%74.3%
Retail61,7590.3%115.6%
Mixed Use35430.6%55.3%
Other1,2840.0%N/A
Sub-total CRE$122$6,6981.8%75.7%
Total multi-family and CRE$473$41,2691.1%61.7%
Other$6
Total$479

Additionally, the allowance for credit losses on accrued interest receivable on loans, including loans in the deferral program, was $1.0 million, as of December 31, 2021.

Asset Quality Analysis

The following table presents information regarding our asset quality measures at each year-end in the three years ended December 31, 2021.

At or for the Years Ended December 31,
202120202019
Non-performing loans to total loans0.07%0.09%0.15%
Non-performing assets to total assets0.07%0.080.14
Allowance for losses on loans to non-performing loans611.79513.55241.07
Allowance for losses on loans to total loans0.440.450.35

61

The following table presents information on the Company's net charge-offs as compared to average loans outstanding for the three years ended December 31, 2021:

For the Year Ended
December 31,
(dollars in millions)202120202019
Multi-family
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period$1$(1)$1
Average amount outstanding$32,424$31,322$29,993
Net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans0.00%0.00%0.00%
Commercial real estate
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period$2$2$-
Average amount outstanding$5,489$6,009$6,220
Net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans0.04%0.03%0.00%
One-to-Four Family
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period$1$-$1
Average amount outstanding$191$314$415
Net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans0.52%0.00%0.24%
Acquisition, Development and Construction
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period$-$-$-
Average amount outstanding$152$116$311
Net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans0.00%0.00%0.00%
Other Loans
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period$(6)$18$17
Average amount outstanding$4,944$4,267$3,446
Net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans-0.12%0.42%0.49%
Total loans
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period$(2)$19$19
Average amount outstanding$43,200$42,028$40,385
Net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans0.00%0.04%0.05%

The following table sets forth the allocation of the consolidated allowance for losses on loans, at each year-end for the three years ended December 31, 2021:

202120202019
(dollars in millions)AmountPercent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans Held for InvestmentAmountPercent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans Held for InvestmentAmountPercent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans Held for Investment
Multi-family loans$15975.75%$15075.28%$9774.46%
Commercial real estate loans1714.662415.962116.93
One-to-four family residential loans10.3510.5510.91
Acquisition, development, and construction loans20.4610.2140.48
Other loans208.78188.00257.22
Total loans$199100.00%$194100.00%$148100.00%

Each of the preceding allocations was based upon an estimate of various factors, as discussed in “Critical Accounting Policies” earlier in this report, and a different allocation methodology may be deemed to be more appropriate in the future. In addition, it should be noted that the portion of the allowance for losses on loans allocated to each loan category does not represent the total amount available to absorb losses that may occur within that category, since the total loan loss allowance is available for the entire loan portfolio.

62

The following table presents a geographical analysis of our non-performing loans at December 31, 2021:

(in millions)
New York$25
New Jersey1
All other states7
Total non-performing loans$33

Securities

Total securities were $5.8 billion, or 10%, of total assets at December 31, 2021, unchanged compared to December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, all of our securities were designated as “Available-for-Sale”. At December 31, 2021, 26% of the securities portfolio was tied to floating rates, 25% of which are currently floating.

At December 31, 2021, available-for-sale securities had an estimated weighted average life of 6.9 years. Included in the year-end amount were mortgage-related securities of $2.8 billion and other debt securities of $3.0 billion.

At the prior year-end, available-for-sale securities were $5.8 billion, and had an estimated weighted average life of 4.9 years. Mortgage-related securities accounted for $3.0 billion of the year-end balance, with other debt securities accounting for the remaining $2.8 billion.

The investment policies of the Company and the Bank are established by the Board of Directors and implemented by the ALCO. ALCO meets monthly or on an as-needed basis to review the portfolios and specific capital market transactions. In addition, the securities portfolios and investment activities are reviewed monthly by the Board of Directors. Furthermore, the policy governing the investment portfolio activities is reviewed at least annually by the ALCO and ratified by the Board of Directors.

Our general investment strategy is to purchase liquid investments with various maturities to ensure that our overall interest rate risk position stays within the required limits of our investment policies. We generally limit our investments to GSE obligations and U.S. Treasury obligations. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, GSE obligations and U.S. Treasury obligations together represented 83% and 82% of total securities, respectively. The remainder of the portfolio at those dates was comprised of corporate bonds, foreign notes, capital trust notes, and municipal obligations.

The following table summarizes the weighted average yields of debt securities for the maturities indicated at December 31, 2021:

Mortgage- Related SecuritiesU.S. Government and GSE ObligationsState, County, and MunicipalOther Debt Securities (2)
Available-for-Sale Debt Securities: (1)
Due within one year2.72%0.06%%1.01%
Due from one to five years3.233.521.83
Due from five to ten years2.481.623.522.24
Due after ten years1.841.603.331.09
Total debt securities available for sale1.981.593.481.72

(1)
The weighted average yields are calculated by multiplying each carrying value by its yield and dividing the sum of these results by the total carrying values and are not presented on a tax-equivalent basis.

(2)
Includes corporate bonds, capital trust notes, foreign notes, and asset-backed securities.

63

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

As a member of the FHLB-NY, the Bank is required to acquire and hold shares of its capital stock. At December 31, 2021, the Bank held FHLB-NY stock in the amount of $734 million. At December 31, 2020, the Bank held FHLB-NY stock in the amount of $714 million. Dividends from the FHLB-NY to the Bank totaled $32 million and $36 million, respectively, in 2021 and 2020.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

BOLI is recorded at the total cash surrender value of the policies in the Consolidated Statements of Condition, and the income generated by the increase in the cash surrender value of the policies is recorded in “Non-interest income” in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income. Reflecting an increase in the cash surrender value of the underlying policies, our investment in BOLI rose $20 million year-over-year to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2021.

Goodwill

We record goodwill in our consolidated statements of condition in connection with certain of our business combinations. Goodwill, which is tested at least annually for impairment, refers to the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of an acquired company’s assets, net of the liabilities assumed.

For more information about the Company’s goodwill, see the discussion of “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the Footnote 2 of these consolidated statements.

Sources of Funds

The Parent Company has four primary funding sources for the payment of dividends, share repurchases, and other corporate uses: dividends paid to the Parent Company by the Bank; capital raised through the issuance of securities; funding raised through the issuance of debt instruments; and repayments of, and income from, investment securities.

On a consolidated basis, our funding primarily stems from a combination of the following sources: retail, institutional, and brokered deposits; borrowed funds, primarily in the form of wholesale borrowings; cash flows generated through the repayment and sale of loans; and cash flows generated through the repayment and sale of securities.

In 2021, loan repayments and sales generated cash flows of $10.4 billion, as compared to $11.9 billion in 2020. Cash flows from repayments accounted for $10.4 billion and $11.9 billion of the respective totals, and cash flows from sales accounted for $37 million and $3 million in 2021 and 2020, respectively.

In 2021, cash flows from the repayment securities totaled $1.7 billion, while the purchase of securities amounted to $1.8 billion for the year. By comparison, cash flows from the repayment and sale of securities totaled $2.1 billion and $484 million, respectively, in 2020, and were offset by the purchase of securities totaling $2.5 billion.

In 2021, the cash flows from loans and securities were primarily deployed into the production of multi-family loans held for investment, as well as held-for-investment CRE loans and specialty finance loans and leases.

Deposits

Total deposits increased $2.6 billion or 8% on a year-over-year basis to $35.1 billion. Deposit growth was driven by growth in savings accounts and non-interest bearing accounts and offset by a decline in CDs. Compared to the fourth quarter of last year, CDs declined $1.9 billion or 18% to $8.4 billion, while savings accounts increased $2.5 billion or 39% to $8.9 billion and interest bearing checking and money market accounts increased over the same timeframe by $599 million or 5% to $13.2 billion. Non-interest-bearing accounts rose $1.5 billion or 47% to $4.5 billion at December 31, 2021.

64

While the vast majority of our deposits are retail in nature (i.e., they are deposits we have gathered through our branches or through business combinations), institutional deposits and municipal deposits are also part of our deposit mix. Retail deposits rose $2.4 billion year-over-year to $27.2 billion, while institutional deposits rose $161 million to $1.4 billion at year-end. Municipal deposits represented $751 million of total deposits at the end of this December, a $259 million decrease from the balance at December 31, 2020.

Included in total deposits at year-end 2021 were $4 billion in loan-related deposits compared to $3.5 billion at year-end 2020. Total deposits at December 31, 2021 also included $1 billion of deposits related to our Banking as a Service initiative, which was launched earlier in 2021.

Depending on their availability and pricing relative to other funding sources, we also include brokered deposits in our deposit mix. Brokered deposits accounted for $5.7 billion of our deposits at the end of this December, compared to $5.3 billion at December 31, 2020. Brokered money market accounts represented $2.9 billion of total brokered deposits at December 31, 2021 and $3.0 billion at December 31, 2020; brokered interest-bearing checking accounts represented $1.6 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively, at the corresponding dates. At December 31, 2021, we had $1.2 billion of brokered CDs, compared to $1.0 billion at December 31, 2020.

The following table indicates the amount of time deposits, by account, that are in excess of the FDIC insurance limit (currently $250,000) by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2021.

December 31,
(in millions)2021
Portion of U.S. time deposits in excess of insurance limit$2,747
Time deposits otherwise uninsured with a maturity of:
3 months or less$787
Over 3 months through 6 months467
Over 6 months through 12 months519
Over 12 months974
Total time deposits otherwise uninsured$2,747

Our uninsured deposits, on an unconsolidated basis, are the portion of deposit accounts that exceed the FDIC insurance limit (currently $250,000), were approximately $10.1 billion and $11.3 billion at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. These amounts were estimated based on the same methodologies and assumptions used for regulatory reporting purposes.

Borrowed Funds

The majority of our borrowed funds are wholesale borrowings and consist of FHLB-NY advances, repurchase agreements, and federal funds purchased, and, to a lesser extent, junior subordinated debentures and subordinated notes. At December 31, 2021, total borrowed funds increased $478 million or 3% to $16.6 billion compared to the balance at December 31, 2020. The bulk of the year-over-year increase was driven by an increase in the balance of wholesale borrowings.

Wholesale Borrowings

Wholesale borrowings totaled $15.9 billion and $15.4 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2021 and 2020, representing 27% of total assets at both dates. FHLB-NY advances accounted for $15.1 billion of the year-end 2021 balance, as compared to $14.6 billion at the prior year-end. Pursuant to blanket collateral agreements with the Bank, our FHLB-NY advances and overnight advances are secured by pledges of certain eligible collateral in the form of loans and securities. (For more information regarding our FHLB-NY advances, see the discussion that appears earlier in this report regarding our membership and our ownership of stock in the FHLB-NY.) At December 31, 2021 and 2020, $8.3 billion of our wholesale borrowings had callable features.

65

Also included in wholesale borrowings were repurchase agreements of $800.0 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020. Repurchase agreements are contracts for the sale of securities owned or borrowed by the Bank with an agreement to repurchase those securities at agreed-upon prices and dates.

Our repurchase agreements are primarily collateralized by GSE obligations, and may be entered into with the FHLB-NY or certain brokerage firms. The brokerage firms we utilize are subject to an ongoing internal financial review to ensure that we borrow funds only from those dealers whose financial strength will minimize the risk of loss due to default. In addition, a master repurchase agreement must be executed and on file for each of the brokerage firms we use.

We had no federal funds purchased at both December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Junior Subordinated Debentures

Junior subordinated debentures totaled $361 million at December 31, 2021, slightly higher than the balance at the prior year-end reflecting discount accretion.

Subordinated Notes

At December 31, 2021, the balance of subordinated notes was $296 million, relatively unchanged from December 31, 2020.

See Note 9, “Borrowed Funds,” in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for a further discussion of our wholesale borrowings, our junior subordinated debentures and subordinated debt.

Liquidity, Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Commitments, and Capital Position

Liquidity

We manage our liquidity to ensure that our cash flows are sufficient to support our operations, and to compensate for any temporary mismatches between sources and uses of funds caused by variable loan and deposit demand.

We monitor our liquidity daily to ensure that sufficient funds are available to meet our financial obligations. Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents, which totaled $2.2 billion and $1.9 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2021 and 2020. As in the past, our loan and securities portfolios provided meaningful liquidity in 2021, with cash flows from the repayment and sale of loans totaling $10.4 billion and cash flows from the repayment and sale of securities totaling $1.7 billion.

Additional liquidity stems from deposits and from our use of wholesale funding sources, including brokered deposits and wholesale borrowings. In addition, we have access to the Bank’s approved lines of credit with various counterparties, including the FHLB-NY. The availability of these wholesale funding sources is generally based on the amount of mortgage loan collateral available under a blanket lien we have pledged to the respective institutions and, to a lesser extent, the amount of available securities that may be pledged to collateralize our borrowings. At December 31, 2021, our available borrowing capacity with the FHLB-NY was $8.4 billion. In addition, the Bank had available-for-sale securities of $5.8 billion, of which, $4.6 billion is unpledged.

Furthermore, the Bank has agreements with the FRB-NY that enable it to access the discount window as a further means of enhancing their liquidity. In connection with these agreements, the Bank has pledged certain loans and securities to collateralize any funds they may borrow. At December 31, 2021, the maximum amount the Bank could borrow from the FRB-NY was $1.0 billion. There were no borrowings against these lines of credit at December 31, 2021.

Our primary investing activity is loan production, and the volume of loans we originated for investment totaled $13.1 billion in 2021. During this time, the net cash used in investing activities totaled $2.8 billion; the net cash provided by our operating activities totaled $290 million. Our financing activities provided net cash of $2.7 billion.

CDs due to mature or reprice in one year or less from December 31, 2021 totaled $7.5 billion, representing 88% of total CDs at that date. Our ability to attract and retain retail deposits, including CDs, depends on numerous factors,

66

including, among others, the convenience of our branches and our other banking channels; our customers’ satisfaction with the service they receive; the rates of interest we offer; the types of products we feature; and the attractiveness of their terms.

Our decision to compete for deposits also depends on numerous factors, including, among others, our access to deposits through acquisitions, the availability of lower-cost funding sources, the impact of competition on pricing, and the need to fund our loan demand.

The Parent Company is a separate legal entity from the Bank and must provide for its own liquidity. In addition to operating expenses and any share repurchases, the Parent Company is responsible for paying any dividends declared to our stockholders. As a Delaware corporation, the Parent Company is able to pay dividends either from surplus or, in case there is no surplus, from net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.

The Parent Company’s ability to pay dividends may also depend, in part, upon dividends it receives from the Bank. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends and other capital distributions to the Parent Company is generally limited by New York State Banking Law and regulations, and by certain regulations of the FDIC. In addition, the Superintendent of the New York State Department of Financial Services (the “Superintendent”), the FDIC, and the FRB, for reasons of safety and soundness, may prohibit the payment of dividends that are otherwise permissible by regulations.

Under New York State Banking Law, a New York State-chartered stock-form savings bank or commercial bank may declare and pay dividends out of its net profits, unless there is an impairment of capital. However, the approval of the Superintendent is required if the total of all dividends declared in a calendar year would exceed the total of a bank’s net profits for that year, combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two years. In 2021, the Bank paid dividends totaling $380 million to the Parent Company, leaving $469 million that it could dividend to the Parent Company without regulatory approval at year-end. Additional sources of liquidity available to the Parent Company at December 31, 2021 included $139 million in cash and cash equivalents. If the Bank was to apply to the Superintendent for approval to make a dividend or capital distribution in excess of the dividend amounts permitted under the regulations, there can be no assurance that such application would be approved.

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Commitments

In the normal course of business, we enter into a variety of contractual obligations in order to manage our assets and liabilities, fund loan growth, operate our branch network, and address our capital needs.

For example, we offer CDs with contractual terms to our customers, and borrow funds under contract from the FHLB-NY and various brokerage firms. These contractual obligations are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Condition under “Deposits” and “Borrowed funds,” respectively. At December 31, 2021, we had CDs of $8.4 billion and long-term debt (defined as borrowed funds with an original maturity one year or more) of $13.4 billion.

We also are obligated under certain non-cancelable operating leases on the buildings and land we use in operating our branch network and in performing our back-office responsibilities. These obligations are included in the Consolidated Statements of Condition and totaled $249 million at December 31, 2021.

At December 31, 2021, we also had commitments to extend credit in the form of mortgage and other loan originations, as well as commercial, performance stand-by, and financial stand-by letters of credit, totaling $3.1 billion. These off-balance sheet commitments consist of agreements to extend credit, as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract under which the loan is made. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee.

The letters of credit we issue consist of performance stand-by, financial stand-by, and commercial letters of credit. Financial stand-by letters of credit primarily are issued for the benefit of other financial institutions, municipalities, or landlords on behalf of certain of our current borrowers, and obligate us to guarantee payment of a specified financial obligation. Performance stand-by letters of credit are primarily issued for the benefit of local municipalities on behalf of certain of our borrowers. Performance letters of credit obligate us to make payments in the event that a specified third party fails to perform under non-financial contractual obligations. Commercial letters of

67

credit act as a means of ensuring payment to a seller upon shipment of goods to a buyer. Although commercial letters of credit are used to effect payment for domestic transactions, the majority are used to settle payments in international trade. Typically, such letters of credit require the presentation of documents that describe the commercial transaction, and provide evidence of shipment and the transfer of title. The fees we collect in connection with the issuance of letters of credit are included in “Fee income” in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income.

Based upon our current liquidity position, we expect that our funding will be sufficient to fulfill these cash obligations and commitments when they are due both in the short term and long term.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, we did not engage in any off-balance sheet transactions reasonably likely to have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

At December 31, 2021, we had no commitments to purchase securities.

Capital Position

As reflected in the following table, our capital measures continued to exceed the minimum federal requirements for a bank holding company at December 31, 2021 and 2020:

At December 31, 2021ActualMinimum
(dollars in millions)AmountRatioRequired Ratio
Common equity tier 1 capital$4,2269.68%4.50%
Tier 1 risk-based capital4,72910.836.00
Total risk-based capital5,55812.738.00
Leverage capital4,7298.464.00
At December 31, 2020ActualMinimum
(dollars in millions)AmountRatioRequired Ratio
Common equity tier 1 capital$3,9629.72%4.50%
Tier 1 risk-based capital4,46510.956.00
Total risk-based capital5,29012.978.00
Leverage capital4,4658.524.00

At December 31, 2021, the capital ratios for the Company and the Bank continued to exceed the levels required for classification as “well capitalized” institutions, as defined under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, and as further discussed in Note 19, “Capital,” in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS: 2021 AS COMPARED TO 2020

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is our primary source of income. Its level is a function of the average balance of our interest-earning assets, the average balance of our interest-bearing liabilities, and the spread between the yield on such assets and the cost of such liabilities. These factors are influenced by both the pricing and mix of our interest-earning assets and our interest-bearing liabilities which, in turn, are impacted by various external factors, including the local economy, competition for loans and deposits, the monetary policy of the FOMC, and market interest rates.

The cost of our deposits and borrowed funds is largely based on short-term rates of interest, the level of which is partially impacted by the actions of the FOMC. The FOMC reduces, maintains, or increases the target federal funds rate (the rate at which banks borrow funds overnight from one another) as it deems necessary.

68

While the target federal funds rate generally impacts the cost of our short-term borrowings and deposits, the yields on our held-for-investment loans and other interest-earning assets are typically impacted by intermediate-term market interest rates.

Another factor that impacts the yields on our interest-earning assets—and our net interest income—is the income generated by our multi-family and CRE loans and securities when they prepay. Since prepayment income is recorded as interest income, an increase or decrease in its level will also be reflected in the average yields (as applicable) on our loans, securities, and interest-earning assets, and therefore in our net interest income, our net interest rate spread, and our net interest margin.

It should be noted that the level of prepayment income on loans recorded in any given period depends on the volume of loans that refinance or prepay during that time. Such activity is largely dependent on such external factors as current market conditions, including real estate values, and the perceived or actual direction of market interest rates. In addition, while a decline in market interest rates may trigger an increase in refinancing and, therefore, prepayment income, so too may an increase in market interest rates. It is not unusual for borrowers to lock in lower interest rates when they expect, or see, that market interest rates are rising rather than risk refinancing later at a still higher interest rate.

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, net interest income totaled $1.3 billion, up $189 million or 17% compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2020. The year-over-year improvement was driven by a significant decline in interest expense due to lower funding costs, modestly offset by a yield-driven decline of $19 million in interest income.

Year-Over-Year Comparison

The following factors contributed to the year-over-year increase in net interest income:


Interest income on mortgage and other loans, net totaled $1.5 billion, down $17 million compared to full-year 2020, while interest income on securities declined $7 million to $156 million compared to last year. This was partially offset by a $5 million increase on interest income related to cash and cash equivalents.


Interest income on mortgages and other loans, net was driven by a $1.2 billion or 3% increase in average loan balances to $43.2 billion, offset by a 14 bps decrease in the average loan yield to 3.53% from 3.67% in 2020.


Interest income on securities was negatively impacted by a 38 bps decline in the average yield to 2.35% from 2.73%, offset by a $660 million or 11% increase in the average securities balance to $6.6 billion.


Average interest-earning cash and cash equivalent balances more than doubled during full-year 2021 to $2.4 billion compared to $1.1 billion during full-year 2020, while the average yield rose four bps to 0.32%.


Interest expense on average interest-bearing deposits declined $192 million or 63% to $114 million during full-year 2021, driven by a 68 bps decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits, while the average balance of interest-bearing deposits rose $638 million or 2% to $29.5 billion.


Interest expense on borrowed funds declined $16 million or 5% to $286 million, despite an $876 million or 6% increase in the average balance to $15.7 billion.


The average cost of borrowed funds declined 21 bps to 1.82% during full-year 2021.

69

Net Interest Margin

The direction of the Company’s net interest margin was consistent with that of its net interest income, and generally was driven by the same factors as those described above. Adjusted net interest margin is a non-GAAP financial measure, as more fully discussed below.

For the Twelve Months Ended
(dollars in millions)December 31, 2021December 31, 2020Change (%)
Total Interest Income$1,689$1,708-1%
Prepayment Income:
Loans$70$5235%
Securities92350%
Total prepayment income$79$5446%
GAAP Net Interest Margin2.47%2.24%23bp
Less:
Prepayment income from loans-14bp-11bp-3bp
Prepayment income from securities-1-1bp
Total prepayment income contribution to net interest margin-15bp-11bp-4bp
Adjusted Net Interest Margin (non-GAAP)2.32%2.13%19bp

RECONCILIATION OF NET INTEREST MARGIN AND ADJUSTED NET INTEREST MARGIN

While our net interest margin, including the contribution of prepayment income and the impact from our recent subordinated notes offering, is recorded in accordance with GAAP, adjusted net interest margin, which excludes the contribution of prepayment income, is not. Nevertheless, management uses this non-GAAP measure in its analysis of our performance, and believes that this non-GAAP measure should be disclosed in this report and other investor communications for the following reasons:

1.
Adjusted net interest margin gives investors a better understanding of the effect of prepayment income on our net interest margin. Prepayment income in any given period depends on the volume of loans that refinance or prepay, or securities that prepay, during that period. Such activity is largely dependent on external factors such as current market conditions, including real estate values, and the perceived or actual direction of market interest rates.

2.
Adjusted net interest margin is among the measures considered by current and prospective investors, both independent of, and in comparison with, our peers.

Adjusted net interest margin should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net interest margin, which is calculated in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner in which we calculate this non-GAAP measure may differ from that of other companies reporting a non-GAAP measure with a similar name.

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our average balance sheet for the years indicated, including the average yields on our interest-earning assets and the average costs of our interest-bearing liabilities. Average yields are calculated by dividing the interest income produced by the average balance of interest-earning assets. Average costs are calculated by dividing the interest expense produced by the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities. The average balances for the year are derived from average balances that are calculated daily. The average yields and costs include fees, as well as premiums and discounts (including mark-to-market adjustments from acquisitions), that are considered adjustments to such average yields and costs.

70

Net Interest Income Analysis

For the Years Ended December 31,
202120202019
AverageAverageAverage
AverageYield/AverageYield/AverageYield/
(dollars in millions)BalanceInterestCostBalanceInterestCostBalanceInterestCost
ASSETS:
Interest-earning assets:
Mortgage and other loans and leases, net (1)$43,200$1,5253.53%$42,028$1,5423.67%$40,385$1,5533.85%
Securities (2)(3)6,6251562.355,9651632.736,3302353.72
Reverse repurchase agreements43041.05200.32
Interest-earning cash and cash equivalents2,01640.171,08830.27744172.23
Total interest-earning assets52,2711,6893.2349,1011,7083.4847,4591,8053.80
Non-interest-earning assets5,2755,0084,650
Total assets$57,546$54,109$52,109
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts$12,829$310.24%$10,965$570.52%$10,597$1741.65%
Savings accounts7,612280.365,520320.574,738360.75
Certificates of deposit9,094550.6012,4122171.7513,5323202.37
Total interest-bearing deposits29,5351140.3828,8973061.0628,8675301.84
Short term borrowed funds2,34380.342,319160.706211.93
Other borrowed funds13,3662782.0812,5142862.2813,3323172.37
Total Borrowed funds15,7092861.8214,8333022.0313,3943182.37
Total interest-bearing liabilities45,2444000.8843,7306081.3942,2618482.01
Non-interest-bearing deposits4,5782,9572,588
Other liabilities790714596
Total liabilities50,61247,40145,445
Stockholders’ equity6,9346,7086,664
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$57,546$54,109$52,109
Net interest income/interest rate spread$1,2892.35%$1,1002.09%$9571.79%
Net interest margin2.47%2.24%2.02%
Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities1.16x1.12x1.12x

(1)
Amounts are net of net deferred loan origination costs/(fees) and the allowances for loan losses and include loans held for sale non-performing loans.

(2)
Amounts are at amortized cost.

(3)
Includes FHLB stock.

The following table presents the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities affected our interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to (i) the changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) the changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) the net change. The changes attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due to rate.

71

Rate/Volume Analysis

Year EndedYear Ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Compared to Year EndedCompared to Year Ended
December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Increase/(Decrease)Increase/(Decrease)
Due toDue to
(in millions)VolumeRateNetVolumeRateNet
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
Mortgage and other loans and leases, net$48$(65)$(17)$86$(97)$(11)
Securities28(35)(7)(13)(60)(73)
Reverse repurchase agreements44
Interest Earning Cash & Cash Equivalent1115(28)(13)
Total81(100)(19)88(185)(97)
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts$12$(38)$(26)$6$(124)$(118)
Savings accounts(148)144(4)9(13)(4)
Certificates of deposit(47)(115)(162)(24)(78)(102)
Short Term Borrowed Funds(8)(8)1515
Other Borrowed Funds25(33)(8)(19)(12)(31)
Totals(158)(50)(208)(13)(227)(240)
Change in net interest income$239$(50)$189$101$42$143

Provision for Credit Losses

During 2021, the provision for credit losses totaled $3 million, down $59 million compared to the $62 million we reported during 2020. For additional information about our methodologies for recording recoveries of, and provisions for, loan losses, see the discussion of the loan loss allowance under “Critical Accounting Policies” and the discussion of “Asset Quality” that appear earlier in this report.

Non-Interest Income

We generate non-interest income through a variety of sources, including—among others—fee income (in the form of retail deposit fees and charges on loans); income from our investment in BOLI; gains on sales of securities; and “other” sources, including the revenues produced through the sale of third-party investment products.

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, non-interest income totaled $61 million, unchanged compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2020.

72

Non-Interest Income Analysis

The following table summarizes our sources of non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019:

For the Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)202120202019
Fee income$23$22$29
BOLI income293228
Net gain (loss) on securities18
Other income:
Third-party investment product sales547
Other4212
Total other income9619
Total non-interest income$61$61$84

Non-Interest Expense

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 total non-interest expense was $541 million up $30 million or 6% compared to the twelve months December 31, 2020. Included in the 2021 amount are $23 million of merger-related expenses. Excluding this item, operating expenses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 were $518 million, up $7 million or 1% compared to the previous year.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense includes federal, New York State, and New York City income taxes, as well as non-material income taxes from other jurisdictions where we operate our branches and/or conduct our mortgage banking business.

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, income tax expense totaled $210 million and the Company's effective tax rate was 26.09% compared to $77 million and an effective tax rate of 13.05% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020. The year-over-year increase was due to higher pre-tax income and the non-deductibility of certain merger-related expenses, and an increase in the New York State corporate tax rate. Our full-year 2020 income tax expense included a $68 million income tax benefit related to certain tax provisions related to corporations under the CARES Act versus no such benefit during full-year 2021.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS: 2020 AS COMPARED TO 2019

The results of operations comparison of 2020 compared to 2019 can be found in the Company’s previously filed Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year-ended December 31, 2020 under Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”- Results of Operations: 2020 As Compared to 2019.”

IMPACT OF INFLATION

The consolidated financial statements and notes thereto presented in this report have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which requires that we measure our financial condition and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. Unlike industrial companies, nearly all of a bank’s assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, the impact of interest rates on our performance is greater than the impact of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction, or to the same extent, as the prices of goods and services.

IMPACT OF RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In January 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-01, an update to ASU 2020-04, which clarifies the scope of the optional relief for reference rate reform provided by ASC Topic 848. The ASU permits entities to apply certain of the optional practical expedients and exceptions in ASC 848 to the accounting for derivative contracts and hedging activities that may be affected by changes in interest rates used for discounting cash flows, computing variation margin

73

settlements and calculating price alignment interest (the “discounting transition”). These optional practical expedients and exceptions may be applied to derivative instruments impacted by the discounting transition even if such instruments do not reference a rate that is expected to be discontinued. The ASU was effective upon issuance and can generally be applied through December 31, 2022. The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

RECONCILIATIONS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY, COMMON STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY, AND TANGIBLE COMMON SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY; TOTAL ASSETS AND TANGIBLE ASSETS; AND THE RELATED MEASURES

While stockholders’ equity, common stockholders’ equity, total assets, and book value per common share are financial measures that are recorded in accordance with U.S. GAAP, tangible common stockholders’ equity, tangible assets, and tangible book value per common share are not. It is management’s belief that these non-GAAP measures should be disclosed in this report and others we issue for the following reasons:

1.
Tangible common stockholders’ equity is an important indication of the Company’s ability to grow organically and through business combinations, as well as its ability to pay dividends and to engage in various capital management strategies.

2.
Tangible book value per common share and the ratio of tangible common stockholders’ equity to tangible assets are among the capital measures considered by current and prospective investors, both independent of, and in comparison with, the Company’s peers.

Tangible common stockholders’ equity, tangible assets, and the related non-GAAP measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for stockholders’ equity, common stockholders’ equity, total assets, or any other measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner in which we calculate these non-GAAP measures may differ from that of other companies reporting non-GAAP measures with similar names.

Reconciliations of our stockholders’ equity, common stockholders’ equity, and tangible common stockholders’ equity; our total assets and tangible assets; and the related financial measures for the respective periods follow:

At or for the Twelve Months Ended December 31,
(dollars in millions)20212020
Stockholders’ Equity$7,044$6,842
Less: Goodwill(2,426)(2,426)
Preferred stock(503)(503)
Tangible common stockholders’ equity$4,115$3,913
Total Assets$59,527$56,306
Less: Goodwill(2,426)(2,426)
Tangible assets$57,101$53,880
Common stockholders’ equity to total assets10.99%11.26%
Tangible common stockholders’ equity to tangible assets7.217.26
Book value per common share$14.07$13.66
Tangible book value per common share8.858.43

74